advertisement
ROBOTICS
Product manual
OmniCore C90XT
Trace back information:
Workspace 21A version a14
Checked in 2021-03-30
Skribenta version 5.4.005
Product manual
OmniCore C90XT
OmniCore
Document ID: 3HAC073706-001
Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Specifications subject to change without notice.
The information in this manual is subject to change without notice and should not be construed as a commitment by ABB. ABB assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear in this manual.
Except as may be expressly stated anywhere in this manual, nothing herein shall be construed as any kind of guarantee or warranty by ABB for losses, damage to persons or property, fitness for a specific purpose or the like.
In no event shall ABB be liable for incidental or consequential damages arising from use of this manual and products described herein.
This manual and parts thereof must not be reproduced or copied without ABB's written permission.
Keep for future reference.
Additional copies of this manual may be obtained from ABB.
Original instructions.
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Specifications subject to change without notice.
Table of contents
Table of contents
Requirements on personnel ......................................................................
Safety signals in the manual ......................................................................
Safety symbols on controller labels ............................................................
Protective stop and emergency stop ...........................................................
About emergency stops ............................................................................
Enabling device and hold-to-run functionality ...............................................
About the manual mode ...........................................................................
About the automatic mode ........................................................................
Technical data for OmniCore C90XT controller .......................................................
Open source and 3rd party components in RobotWare .............................................
3 Installation and commissioning 51
Required installation space .......................................................................
Mounting the FlexPendant holder ...............................................................
Connectors on the OmniCore C90XT controller .............................................
Connecting cables to the controller .............................................................
Connecting the manipulator to the controller ................................................
Connecting power supply to and grounding the controller ...............................
Connecting and detaching a FlexPendant ....................................................
Network connections on OmniCore ............................................................
Set up the network connection ...................................................................
Descriptions for connectors ......................................................................
5 Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Table of contents
Scalable I/O, internal and external ..............................................................
Installing the harness for double SMB .........................................................
Installing the scalable I/O devices ..............................................................
Installing the Ethernet extension switch .......................................................
Installing the power supply optional device ..................................................
Installing the fieldbus adapter slave devices .................................................
Installing the fieldbus master .....................................................................
Installing the conveyor tracking module .......................................................
Installing the cable grommet assembly ........................................................
Installing the extension box .......................................................................
Installing the conveyor tracking module to extension box ...............................
Cleaning of the controller cabinet ...............................................................
Cleaning the FlexPendant .........................................................................
Function test of emergency stop ................................................................
Function test of manual, auto, and manual full speed mode with FlexPendant ....
Function test of three-position enabling device .............................................
Function test of contactors A1.Q1 and A1.Q2 inside the power unit ..................
Function test of auto stop .........................................................................
Function test of external emergency stop ....................................................
Function test of ESTOP_STATUS output .....................................................
Function test of reduced speed control ........................................................
Opening the robot controller ......................................................................
Replacing the axis computer .....................................................................
5.2.3.1 Replacing the standard fans ..........................................................
5.2.3.2 Replacing the heat exchanger ........................................................
Replacing the robot signal exchange proxy ..................................................
Replacing the Ethernet switch ...................................................................
Replacing the Connected Services Gateway ................................................
Replacing the scalable I/O unit ...................................................................
Replacing the main computer ....................................................................
Replacing the power unit ..........................................................................
5.2.13 Replacing the conveyor tracking module(CTM) .............................................
6
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
Table of contents
Replacing the manipulator signal connector (SMB) ........................................
Replacing the motor connector ..................................................................
5.3.2.1 Replacing the motor connector ......................................................
Replacing the fieldbus adapter slave ...........................................................
Replacing the power inlet .........................................................................
Replacing the HMI signal (FlexPendant) connector ........................................
Replacing the cable grommet assembly ......................................................
Replacing the cable grommet assembly ......................................................
Replacing the harness ETH outlet with cable ................................................
Replacing the LED indicator ......................................................................
Replacing the power cable and power cable cover ........................................
Replacing the joystick protection ................................................................
Replacing the fasten strip .........................................................................
No LEDs are lit on the controller .................................................................
System update failure ..............................................................................
Problem releasing the robot brakes ............................................................
Problem starting or connecting the FlexPendant ...........................................
Problem using the joystick ........................................................................
Reflashing firmware failure ........................................................................
Inconsistent path accuracy .......................................................................
Troubleshooting LEDs in the controller ........................................................
Troubleshooting the FlexPendant ...............................................................
Troubleshooting the drive unit ...................................................................
Troubleshooting the power unit ..................................................................
Troubleshooting fieldbuses and I/O ............................................................
Troubleshooting the Connected Services Gateway ........................................
Troubleshooting the Ethernet switch ...........................................................
Troubleshooting the axis computer .............................................................
Troubleshooting the main computer ............................................................
7.3.11 Troubleshooting the fieldbus adapter slave ..................................................
7.3.12 Troubleshooting the robot signal exchange proxy .........................................
7 Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Table of contents
Customer cables - CP/CS connectors (option) ..............................................
Customer cables - Ethernet floor cable ........................................................
8
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
Overview of this manual
Overview of this manual
About this manual
This manual contains instructions for:
• mechanical and electrical installation of the controller
• maintenance of the controller
• mechanical and electrical repair of the controller
Usage
This manual should be used during:
• installation and commissioning, from lifting the product to its work site and securing it to the foundation, to making it ready for operation
• maintenance work
• repair work
• decommissioning work
Note
It is the responsibility of the integrator to conduct a hazard and risk analysis of the final application and to ensure its safety.
It is the responsibility of the integrator to provide safety and user guides for the robot system.
Who should read this manual?
This manual is intended for:
• installation personnel
• maintenance personnel
• repair personnel.
Prerequisites
A maintenance/repair/installation craftsman working with an ABB robot must:
• be trained by ABB and have the required knowledge of mechanical and electrical installation/repair/maintenance work.
• be trained to respond to emergencies or abnormal situations.
References
Document name
Product specification - OmniCore C line
Circuit diagram - OmniCore C90XT
Operating manual - RobotStudio
Operating manual - OmniCore
Operating manual - Integrator's guide OmniCore
Technical reference manual - System parameters
Document ID
3HAC065034-001
3HAC065464-009
3HAC032104-001
3HAC065036-001
3HAC065037-001
3HAC065041-001
Continues on next page
9 Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Overview of this manual
Continued
Revisions
Document name
Application manual - Connected Services
Application manual - Conveyor tracking
Application manual - Force Control
Application manual - SafeMove
Revision
A
B
C
D
Document ID
3HAC028879-001
3HAC066561-001
3HAC070206-001
3HAC066559-001
Description
First edition.
Published in release 20C. The following updates are made in this revision:
• Updated information about safety data.
• Updated information about robot signal exchange proxy.
Published in release 20D. The following updates are made in this revision:
• Section
Mounting the FlexPendant holder on page 58
has been updated with new installation method for the FlexPendant holder.
• Section
Network connections on OmniCore on page 79
has been updated with NOTE regarding correct usage of the MGMT port.
Published in release 21A. The following updates are made in this revision:
• Minor corrections in section
Connections on the main computer on page 80 .
• Added extension cable spare parts in section
.
• Minor corrections in section
Descriptions for connectors on page 87
.
10
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
Product documentation
Product documentation
Categories for user documentation from ABB Robotics
The user documentation from ABB Robotics is divided into a number of categories.
This listing is based on the type of information in the documents, regardless of whether the products are standard or optional.
Tip
All documents can be found via myABB Business Portal, www.abb.com/myABB .
Product manuals
Manipulators, controllers, DressPack/SpotPack, and most other hardware is delivered with a Product manual that generally contains:
• Safety information.
• Installation and commissioning (descriptions of mechanical installation or electrical connections).
• Maintenance (descriptions of all required preventive maintenance procedures including intervals and expected life time of parts).
• Repair (descriptions of all recommended repair procedures including spare parts).
• Calibration.
• Decommissioning.
• Reference information (safety standards, unit conversions, screw joints, lists of tools).
• Spare parts list with corresponding figures (or references to separate spare parts lists).
• References to circuit diagrams.
Technical reference manuals
The technical reference manuals describe reference information for robotics products, for example lubrication, the RAPID language, and system parameters.
Application manuals
Specific applications (for example software or hardware options) are described in
Application manuals . An application manual can describe one or several applications.
An application manual generally contains information about:
• The purpose of the application (what it does and when it is useful).
• What is included (for example cables, I/O boards, RAPID instructions, system parameters, software).
• How to install included or required hardware.
• How to use the application.
• Examples of how to use the application.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
Continues on next page
11
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product documentation
Continued
Operating manuals
The operating manuals describe hands-on handling of the products. The manuals are aimed at those having first-hand operational contact with the product, that is production cell operators, programmers, and troubleshooters.
12
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
1 Safety
1.1.1 Limitation of liability
1 Safety
1.1 Safety information
1.1.1 Limitation of liability
Limitation of liability
Any information given in this manual regarding safety must not be construed as a warranty by ABB that the industrial robot will not cause injury or damage even if all safety instructions are complied with.
The information does not cover how to design, install and operate a robot system, nor does it cover all peripheral equipment that can influence the safety of the robot system.
In particular, liability cannot be accepted if injury or damage has been caused for any of the following reasons:
• Use of the robot in other ways than intended.
• Incorrect operation or maintenance.
• Operation of the robot when the safety devices are defective, not in their intended location or in any other way not working.
• When instructions for operation and maintenance are not followed.
• Non-authorized design modifications of the robot.
• Repairs on the robot and its spare parts carried out by in-experienced or non-qualified personnel.
• Foreign objects.
• Force majeure.
Spare parts and equipment
ABB supplies original spare parts and equipment which have been tested and approved. The installation and/or use of non-original spare parts and equipment can negatively affect the safety, function, performance, and structural properties of the robot. ABB is not liable for damages caused by the use of non-original spare parts and equipment.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
13
1 Safety
1.1.2 Safety data
1.1.2 Safety data
Prevailing standards and directives
For the use of industrial robots, regulations must be fulfilled as described in the following standards and directives:
• EN ISO 10218-1:2011
• Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC
Performance level and category
EN ISO 10218-1 requires structure category 3 and performance level PL d on the robot, see EN ISO 13849-1.
Risk assessment
The results of a risk assessment performed on the robot and its intended application may determine that a safety-related control system performance other than that stated in ISO 10218 is warranted for the application.
The SISTEMA/ABB FSDT libraries contains details for the safety functions.
Note
The safety functions are divided into two types called Basic Safety Functions and Extended Safety Functions . The Extended Safety Functions is an option.
Performance level for OmniCore C90XT
The OmniCore C90XT controller safety system has a safety category 3 with performance level PL d according to EN ISO 13849-1 and thus fulfils the safety performance requirement of the robot safety standard EN ISO 10218-1. The following data is applicable for OmniCore C90XT together with all supported ABB manipulators.
Safety function DC [%] PFH
D
[1/hour]
Emergency Stop
External Emergency Stop
Automatic Stop
Three-position Enabling Device
ESTOP_STATUS Output
Calculated
MTTF
D
[years]
127
142
142
104
276
93
92
92
94
80
4.29E-08
4.29E-08
4.29E-08
4.29E-08
1.01E-07
Safety data for SafeMove function
SafeMove functions Calculated
MTTF
D
[years]
Detachable TPU (triggered through emergency stop button on FlexPendant or other trigger)
127
Manual Operation Supervision 104
Continues on next page
14
DC avg
[%]
Calculated PFH
D
[1/hour]
93
94
4.29E-08
4.29E-08
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
1 Safety
1.1.2 Safety data
Continued
SafeMove functions
Contact Application Tolerance (CAP)
Safe Brake Ramp
Stand Still Supervision (SST)
Axis Speed Supervision (ASP) (category 0 stop/category 1 stop)
Tool Speed Supervision (TSP) (category 0 stop/category 1 stop)
Axis Position Supervision (APO) (category 0 stop/category 1 stop)
144
144
Tool Position Supervision (TPO) (category 0 stop/category 1 stop)
144
Tool Orientation Supervision (TOR) (category 0 stop/category 1 stop)
144
Control Error Supervision 144
Calculated
MTTF
D
[years]
370
144
144
144
90
90
90
90
73
90
90
90
90
DC avg
[%]
Calculated PFH
D
[1/hour]
1.01E-07
4.29E-08
4.29E-08
4.29E-08
4.29E-08
4.29E-08
4.29E-08
4.29E-08
4.29E-08
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
15
1 Safety
1.1.3 Requirements on personnel
1.1.3 Requirements on personnel
General
Only personnel with appropriate training are allowed to install, maintain, service, repair, and use the robot. This includes electrical, mechanical, hydraulics, pneumatics, and other hazards identified in the risk assessment.
Persons who are under the influence of alcohol, drugs or any other intoxicating substances are not allowed to install, maintain, service, repair, or use the robot.
The plant liable must make sure that the personnel is trained on the robot, and on responding to emergency or abnormal situations.
Personal protective equipment
Use personal protective equipment, as stated in the product manual.
16
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
1 Safety
1.2.1 Safety signals in the manual
1.2 Safety signals and symbols
1.2.1 Safety signals in the manual
Introduction to safety signals
This section specifies all safety signals used in the user manuals. Each signal consists of:
• A caption specifying the hazard level (DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION) and the type of hazard.
• Instruction about how to reduce the hazard to an acceptable level.
• A brief description of remaining hazards, if not adequately reduced.
Hazard levels
The table below defines the captions specifying the hazard levels used throughout this manual.
For more information, see standard ISO 13849.
Symbol Designation
DANGER
Significance
Signal word used to indicate an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in serious injury.
WARNING Signal word used to indicate a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in serious injury.
ELECTRICAL
SHOCK
Signal word used to indicate a potentially hazardous situation related to electrical hazards which, if not avoided, could result in serious injury.
CAUTION Signal word used to indicate a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in slight injury.
ELECTROSTATIC
DISCHARGE (ESD)
Signal word used to indicate a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in severe damage to the product.
NOTE Signal word used to indicate important facts and conditions.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
17
1 Safety
1.2.1 Safety signals in the manual
Continued
Symbol Designation
TIP
Significance
Signal word used to indicate where to find additional information or how to do an operation in an easier way.
18
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
1 Safety
1.2.2 Safety symbols on controller labels
1.2.2 Safety symbols on controller labels
Introduction to symbols
This section describes safety symbols used on labels (stickers) on the controller.
Symbols are used in combinations on the labels, describing each specific warning.
The descriptions in this section are generic, the labels can contain additional information such as values.
Note
The symbols on the labels on the product must be observed. Additional symbols added by the integrator must also be observed.
Types of symbols
Both the manipulator and the controller are marked with symbols, containing important information about the product. This is important for all personnel handling the robot, for example during installation, service, or operation.
The safety labels are language independent, they only use graphics. See
Symbols on safety labels on page 19
.
The information labels can contain information in text.
Symbols on safety labels
Label Description
Read the user manual before use.
xx1400001152
The robot is delivered to start in automatic mode xx2100000104
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
19
1 Safety
1.2.2 Safety symbols on controller labels
Continued
Label Description
CE label xx1800000835
UL certified (robot with controller) xx1400002061
Safety UL label (for the Functional Safety solution together with UL mark).
xx1700000353
SafeMove label (for SafeMove Basic and SafeMove Pro software).
xx1700000355
Rating label (example) xx1900001805
Continues on next page
20
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
Label Description
Electrical shock
1 Safety
1.2.2 Safety symbols on controller labels
Continued xx1400001151
Risk of electrical shock.
Keep controller cover closed when power is on.
Keep away from inside for 3 minutes after turning off power and disconnecting cable.
Read operation manual before installation.
Enclosure environmental type rating is type 1.
Inserting fingers or foreign objects into opening may cause personal injury.
xx1800000836
Warning & caution label
High voltage inside the module even if the main switch is in the OFF position.
xx1400001156
ESD sensitive components inside the controller.
xx1400001162
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
21
1 Safety
1.3.1 Protective stop and emergency stop
1.3 Robot stopping functions
1.3.1 Protective stop and emergency stop
Robot stopping functions
The robot has an emergency stop function and at least one protective stop function.
These functions have provision for the connection of external emergency stops and protective devices.
The emergency stop function is a complementary protective measure and shall not be applied as a substitute for safeguarding measures or safety functions.
The stop categories can be re-configured as defined by standards EN ISO
10218-1:2011 and IEC 60204-1:2016.
Emergency stop and protective stop functions are activated through dedicated safety inputs or safety protocols.
For example, an output from a safety rated presence sensing device output can be connected to a safety input on the robot controller. This is to initiate a protective stop of the robot.
Stop categories
Stop category 0
Stop category 1
Stop category 2
As defined in IEC 60204-1, stopping by immediate removal of power to the machine actuators.
As defined in IEC 60204-1, a controlled stop with power available to the machine actuators to achieve the stop and then removal of power when the stop is achieved.
As defined in IEC 60204-1, a controlled stop with power remaining available to the machine actuators.
Safety inputs to initiate a protective stop or an emergency stop
Protective stop and emergency stop inputs will initiate a stop, selectable of category
0 or category 1.
Safety inputs to initiate a stop
Description
Emergency stop (ES) The Emergency Stop is operational in both automatic and manual mode.
The default configuration is stop category 0. For deviations, see the product manual for the manipulator.
Protective Stop configured as Automatic stop (AS)
The safety input Automatic Stop is only operational in automatic mode.
The default configuration is stop category 1.
i
Protective Stop configured as General Stop (GS) i
The safety input General Stop is operational in both manual mode and automatic mode.
The default configuration is stop category 1.
Configuration to select General Stop, for example, protective stop in both manual mode and automatic mode, is not released.
Continues on next page
22
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
1 Safety
1.3.1 Protective stop and emergency stop
Continued
Note
For OmniCore, a safety input that is initiated must remain active for at least 100 ms.
Stop category configuration for OmniCore
The stop category for the safety input can be configured, see Technical reference manual - System parameters .
i
Safety inputs
Automatic Stop
System parameter Function
Description
Category1AS Category1AS can be used to configure the protective stop in automatic mode either as stop category 0 or category 1. The default configuration is TRUE (stop category 1).
Emergency Stop Category1ES i
Category1ES is used to configure the emergency stop in automatic and manual mode. The default configuration is FALSE (stop category 0). The input is connected to the emergency stop on the FlexPendant and can also be connected to external devices.
In RobotWare 7.0 there are two values for the safety input Emergency Stop , named Category1EES
(for external emergency stop) and Category1LES (for emergency stop on FlexPendant). These are merged in RobotWare 7.1 into Category1ES .
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
23
1 Safety
1.3.2 About emergency stops
1.3.2 About emergency stops
The emergency stops
The purpose of the emergency stop function is to avert actual or impending emergency situations arising from the behavior of persons or from an unexpected hazardous event.
The emergency stop function is to be initiated by a single human action.
The emergency stop function is a complementary protective measure and shall not be applied as a substitute for safeguarding measures and other functions or safety functions.
The effect of an activated emergency stop device is sustained until the actuator of the emergency stop device has been disengaged. This disengagement is only possible by an intentional human action on the device where the command has been initiated. The disengagement of the device shall not restart the machinery but only permit restarting.
After actuation and before disengaging the emergency stop device, the machinery shall be inspected in order to detect the reason for actuation.
Recover from emergency stops
1 Make sure the hazardous situation that resulted in the emergency stop condition no longer exists.
2 Locate and reset the device or devices that initiated the emergency stop condition.
3 Press the Motors On button to recover from the emergency stop condition.
Use the FlexPendant or Robot Control Mate.
24
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
1 Safety
1.3.3 Enabling device and hold-to-run functionality
1.3.3 Enabling device and hold-to-run functionality
Three-position enabling device
CAUTION
The person using the three-position enabling device is responsible to observe the safeguarded area for hazards due to robot motion and any other hazards controlled by the robot.
The three-position enabling device is a manually operated, constant pressure push-button which, when in center-enabled position, allows potentially hazardous functions.
The three-position enabling device will when continuously held in center-enabled position permit robot motion and any hazards controlled by the robot. Release of or compression past the center-enabled position will stop the hazard, for example, robot motion.
CAUTION
For safe use of the three-position enabling device, the following must be implemented:
• The three-position enabling device must never be rendered inoperational in any way.
• If there is a need to enter safeguarded space, always bring the three-position enabling device. This is to enforce single point of control.
CAUTION
The single point of control cannot be guaranteed in automatic mode. External clients cannot be denied access.
CAUTION
On the IRB 14050, the three-position enabling device is not active unless a valid
SafeMove configuration is active in the controller.
CAUTION
A protective stop in manual mode does not exist.
Hold-to-run function in manual full speed mode
The hold-to-run function for manual full speed allows movement in conjunction with the three-position enabling device when the button connected to the function is actuated manually. This hold-to-run function can only be used in manual full speed mode. In case of hazard, release or compress the three-position enabling device.
Continues on next page
25 Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
1 Safety
1.3.3 Enabling device and hold-to-run functionality
Continued
How to use the hold-to-run function for manual full speed mode is described in the operating manual for the controller.
Note
The manual full speed mode is not available in all markets.
26
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
1 Safety
1.4.1 About the manual mode
1.4 Robot operating modes
1.4.1 About the manual mode
The manual mode
Manual mode is a control state that allows for the direct control by an operator.
The operator will through positioning the three-position enabling switch to the center-position allow for movement of the manipulator.
There are two manual modes:
• Manual reduced speed mode
• Manual high speed mode (optional)
Safeguard mechanisms
• Protective stops through
Three-position enabling switch
The manual reduced speed mode
In manual reduced speed mode the movement of the TCP is limited to 250 mm/s.
In addition, there is a limitation on the maximum allowed speed for each axis.
This mode is used for jogging, teaching, programming and program verification of the robot; it may be the mode selected when performing some maintenance tasks.
Manual control of the robot from inside the safeguarded space shall be performed at the reduced speed in conjunction with the TPU consisting of the three position enabling switch.
WARNING
Wherever possible, the manual mode of operation shall be performed with all persons outside the safeguarded space.
Tasks normally performed in manual reduced speed mode
The following tasks are normally performed in manual reduced speed mode.
• Set or reset I/O signals
• Creating and editing RAPID programs
• Modify system parameter values
• Starting, stepping, and stopping program execution
• Jog the manipulator.
• Teach or tune programmed manipulator positions
The manual high speed mode
In manual high speed, speeds up to programmed speeds can be achieved e.g. a speed greater than 250 mm/s. The initial speed limit is up to, but not exceeding,
250 mm/s. This is achieved by limiting the speed to 3% of the programmed speed.
Through manual control the speed can be increased up to 100% of the programmed speed.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
Continues on next page
27
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
1 Safety
1.4.1 About the manual mode
Continued
This mode is used for program verification only.
The three-position enabling switch must be pressed to the center-position and the hold-to-run button must be pressed to allow start of program execution.
WARNING
Wherever possible, the manual mode of operation shall be performed with all persons outside the safeguarded space.
Note
• When the three-position enabling switch is released or fully compressed, the speed is reset to 3% of programmed speed but not exceeding 250 mm/s.
• Editing RAPID programs and jogging the manipulator are disabled.
Tasks normally performed in manual high speed mode
The following tasks can be performed in the manual high speed mode.
• Starting and stopping program execution for program verification
• Stepping program execution
• Setting speed (0–100%)
• Setting program pointer (to Main, to routine, to cursor, to service routine, etc.
28
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
1 Safety
1.4.2 About the automatic mode
1.4.2 About the automatic mode
The automatic mode
Automatic mode is an operating mode in which the robot control system operates in accordance with the task program(s) and therefore not in direct control by an operator.
Tasks performed in automatic mode which might affect safety
The following tasks are typically performed in automatic mode:
• Remote clients can load, start, stop, and modify RAPID programs.
• Increase or decrease the speed in the interval zero to programmed speed of the manipulator.
• Restore backups. Only possible when robot is at stop.
• Return to operation after protective stops or emergency stop, including regain to path.
Limitations in automatic mode
See the integrator's documentation for the machinery/robot system for details on which tasks are to be performed in automatic mode.
Safeguard mechanisms
• Protective stop through
Automatic Stop, AS
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
29
1 Safety
1.5 Installation and commissioning
1.5 Installation and commissioning
National or regional regulations
The integrator of the robot system is responsible for the safety of the robot system.
The integrator is responsible that the robot system is designed and installed in accordance with the safety requirements set forth in the applicable national and regional standards and regulations.
The integrator of the robot system is required to perform an assessment of the hazards and risks.
Layout
The robot integrated to a robot system shall be designed to allow safe access to all areas during installation, operation, maintenance, and repair.
If robot movement can be initiated from an external control panel then an emergency stop must also be available.
If the manipulator is delivered with mechanical stops, these can be used for reducing the working area.
A perimeter safeguarding, for example a fence, shall be dimensioned to withstand the following:
• The force of the manipulator.
• The force of the load handled by the robot if dropped or released at maximum speed.
• The maximum possible impact caused by a breaking or malfunctioning rotating tool or other device fitted to the robot.
The maximum TCP speed and the maximum velocity of the robot axes are detailed in the section Robot motion in the product specification for the respective manipulator.
Consider exposure to hazards, such as slipping, tripping, and falling.
Hazards due to the working position and posture for a person working with or near the robot shall be considered.
Consider hazards from other equipment in the robot system, for example, that guards remain active until identified hazards are reduced to an acceptable level.
Allergenic material
See
Environmental information on page 352
for specification of allergenic materials in the product, if any.
Securing the robot to the foundation
The robot must be properly fixed to its foundation/support, as described in the product manual.
When the robot is installed at a height, hanging, or other than mounted directly on the floor, there will be additional hazards.
Continues on next page
30
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
1 Safety
1.5 Installation and commissioning
Continued
Electrical safety
The mains power must be installed to fulfill national regulations.
The power supply wiring to the robot must be sufficiently fused and if necessary, it must be possible to disconnect it manually from the mains power.
The power to the robot must be turned off with the main switch and the mains power disconnected when performing work inside the controller cabinet. Lock and tag shall be considered.
Hazards due to stored electrical energy in the controller must be considered.
Harnesses between controller and manipulator shall be fixed and protected to avoid tripping and wear.
Wherever possible, power on/off or rebooting the robot controller shall be performed with all persons outside the safeguarded space.
Note
Use a CARBON DIOXIDE (CO
2
) extinguisher in the event of a fire in the robot.
Safety devices
The integrator is responsible for that the safety devices necessary to protect people working with the robot system are designed and installed correctly.
When integrating the robot with external devices to a robot system:
• The integrator of the robot system must ensure that emergency stop functions are interlocked in accordance with applicable standards.
• The integrator of the robot system must ensure that safety functions are interlocked in accordance with applicable standards.
Other hazards
WARNING
Hazards due to the use of brake release devices and/or gravity beneath the manipulator shall be considered.
A robot may perform unexpected limited movement.
WARNING
Manipulator movements can cause serious injuries on users and may damage equipment.
The risk assessment should also consider other hazards arising from the application, such as, but not limited to:
• Water
• Compressed air
• Hydraulics
Continues on next page
31 Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
1 Safety
1.5 Installation and commissioning
Continued
Collaborative applications
If a robot is intended for a collaborative application, where occasional contact between the robot and the operator is expected, the safety aspects must still be addressed. See the product manual for the manipulator.
Verify the safety functions
Before the robot system is put into operation, verify that the safety functions are working as intended and that any remaining hazards identified in the risk assessment are mitigated to an acceptable level.
32
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
1 Safety
1.6 Operation
1.6 Operation
Lock and change of operating mode
To prevent hazard, it is the responsibility of the integrator to make sure that keys used to lock or change the operating mode are handled only by authorized personnel.
Safety actuators not in use
Devices with safety actuators that are not connected to the robot or robot system cannot initiate emergency stops or protective stops. These must be stored out of reach and sight so that they cannot be mistaken for being in use.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
33
1 Safety
1.7 Maintenance and repair
1.7 Maintenance and repair
General
Corrective maintenance must only be carried out by personnel trained on the robot.
Maintenance or repair must be done with all electrical, pneumatic, and hydraulic power switched off, that is, no remaining hazards.
Never use the robot as a ladder, which means, do not climb on the controller, manipulator, including motors, or other parts. There are hazards of slipping and falling. The robot might be damaged.
Make sure that there are no loose screws, turnings, or other unexpected parts remaining after work on the robot has been performed.
When the work is completed, verify that the safety functions are working as intended.
Hot surfaces
Surfaces can be hot after running the robot. Touching the surfaces may result in burns.
Allow the parts to cool down before maintenance or repair.
Hazards related to batteries
Under rated conditions, the electrode materials and liquid electrolyte in the batteries are sealed and not exposed to the outside.
There is a hazard in case of abuse (mechanical, thermal, electrical) which leads to the activation of safety valves and/or the rupture of the battery container. As a result under certain circumstances, electrolyte leakage, electrode materials reaction with moisture/water or battery vent/explosion/fire may follow.
Do not short circuit, recharge, puncture, incinerate, crush, immerse, force discharge or expose to temperatures above the declared operating temperature range of the product. Risk of fire or explosion.
Operating temperatures are listed in
Operating conditions on page 40 .
See safety instructions for the batteries in Material/product safety data sheet - Battery pack ( 3HAC043118-001 ).
Related information
See also the safety information related to installation and operation.
34
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
1 Safety
1.8 Troubleshooting
1.8 Troubleshooting
General
When troubleshooting requires work with power switched on, special considerations must be taken:
• Safety circuits might be muted or disconnected.
• Electrical parts must be considered as live .
• The manipulator can move unexpectedly at any time.
DANGER
Troubleshooting on the controller while powered on must be performed by personnel trained by ABB or by ABB field engineers.
A risk assessment must be done to address both robot and robot system specific hazards.
Related information
See also the safety information related to installation, operation, maintenance, and repair.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
35
1 Safety
1.9 Decommissioning
1.9 Decommissioning
General
See section
.
36
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
2 Controller description
2.1 OmniCore C90XT
2 Controller description
2.1 OmniCore C90XT
About OmniCore C90XT
The OmniCore C90XT is one of OmniCore C line compact controllers. The OmniCore
C90XT controller offers a compact solution suitable for most applications with room for some additional equipment inside.
It is used to control an ABB manipulator used in industrial applications such as material handling and machine tending.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
37
2 Controller description
2.2 Technical data for OmniCore C90XT controller
2.2 Technical data for OmniCore C90XT controller
Overview of the controller
The OmniCore C90XT controller has all components in one cabinet.
xx1900001447
Basic box
Extension box
Drive
Power unit
SMB connector
Force control connector
HMI connector (TPU)
Motor connector
Scalable I/O
Additional I/O
IP20 DeviceNet
Conveyor tracker module
X17
B1
Motion Safety A2.K3
Connected Services Gateway (with antenna for 3G and
WiFi)
K7
Ethernet switch K4
T4
A1
X2
X3
X4
X1
K5.1
Baseline
Baseline
K5.2/K5.3
Option
OmniCore C90XT
Baseline
Option
Baseline
Baseline
Baseline
Option
Baseline
Option
Option
Baseline
Baseline
Option i
Continues on next page
38
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
2 Controller description
2.2 Technical data for OmniCore C90XT controller
Continued
Standard fan
Heat exchanger
Axis computer
Main computer
Power supply
Power supply
ODVA power supply
Fieldbus adapter slave
Process Connector
Filter
Power inlet switch
Power inlet connector i
Robot signal exchange proxy
Baseline is 3G. Wired or WiFi available as option.
Q0
X0
K2
A2
T2
T5
G1
G2
K6
T5
X18
X81
OmniCore C90XT
Baseline
Baseline
Baseline
Baseline
Baseline
Option
Option
Option
Option
Option
Baseline
Baseline
Baseline
Dimensions
Parameter
Width
Depth
Height
Value
500 mm
355 mm
520 mm
Extension box
Parameter
Width
Depth
Height
Value
500 mm
355 mm
295 mm
Weight
The table shows the weight of the controller.
Controller
OmniCore C90XT
Extension Box
Weight
46 kg (not including the extension box)
25 kg
Note
The weight does not include any mounting kits fitted on the controller.
Transportation and storage conditions
Parameter
Minimum ambient temperature
Value
-25°C (-13°F)
Continues on next page
39 Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
2 Controller description
2.2 Technical data for OmniCore C90XT controller
Continued
Parameter
Maximum ambient humidity
Vibration
Bumps
Value
Maximum ambient temperature +55°C (+131°F)
Maximum ambient temperature (less than 24 hrs)
+70°C (+158°F)
Maximum 95% at constant temperature.
Max. Grms = 4 m/s
12.8 m/s 2 (Z axis)
2
(X & Y axis), Grms =
Max. 5 g = 50 m/s
2
(11 ms)
After storage, the operating conditions must be met for at least 4 hours before switching on the controller (see
Operating conditions on page 40
).
Operating conditions
The table shows the allowed operating conditions for the controller.
Parameter
Minimum ambient temperature
Maximum ambient temperature
Maximum ambient humidity
Maximum ambient altitude
Vibration
Bumps
Value
+5°C (+41°F)
+45°C (+113°F)
Maximum 95% at constant temperature.
2,000 m
Max. Grms = 2.86 m/s2 (X, Y, Z axis)
Max. 5 g = 50 m/s2 (11 ms)
Protection classes
Controller cabinet
Extension box cabinet
Controller electronics
FlexPendant
Protection class
IP54
IP54
IP54
IP54
The cabinet must be closed properly when the robot system is in production. If the cabinet is not properly closed, then it does not comply with the protection class
(IP54). The shield for electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) is also affected if the controller is not properly closed.
If the door is not closed, this can also affect parts inside cabinet due to dust or moisture, especially important in cases with high heat and humidity, or much pollution.
Note
To comply with IP54, all openings to the controller cabinet must be covered. This includes unconnected connectors which must be fitted with covers.
Continues on next page
40
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
2 Controller description
2.2 Technical data for OmniCore C90XT controller
Continued
Power supply
Line fusing
Mains
Voltage for OmniCore C90XT
Voltage tolerance
Frequency
Frequency tolerance
Value
220/230 VAC, 1 phase
+10%, -15%
50/60 Hz
±3%
Note
The use of three phase power with delta connection (as sometimes used in North
Americas and some Asian countries) voids warranty. If the facility has a substation with any type of delta connection, a grounded Y-configured transformer must be installed before the robot controller.
There is no integrated fuse inside the OmniCore C90XT controller. Add an external fuse (time-delay) or circuit breaker (class K) according to full load current, as marked on the controller nameplate. The following table shows the recommended rating for an external fuse or circuit breaker.
Robot
IRB 1100
IRB 1300
IRB 910INV
Current (A)
220/230 VAC, 1 phase
220/230 VAC, 1 phase
220/230 VAC, 1 phase
Description
10 A
10 A
10 A
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
41
2 Controller description
2.2 Technical data for OmniCore C90XT controller
Continued
Wrist strap button
The location of the wrist strap button is shown in the following illustration.
xx1900001446
There is an additional wrist strap button on the main computer.
42
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
2 Controller description
2.3 The unit is sensitive to ESD
2.3 The unit is sensitive to ESD
Description
ESD (electrostatic discharge) is the transfer of electrical static charge between two bodies at different potentials, either through direct contact or through an induced electrical field. When handling parts or their containers, personnel not grounded may potentially transfer high static charges. This discharge may destroy sensitive electronics.
Safe handling
Use one of the following alternatives:
• Use a wrist strap. The wrist strap button is located inside the controller.
Wrist straps must be tested frequently to ensure that they are not damaged and are operating correctly.
• Use an ESD protective floor mat.
The mat must be grounded through a current-limiting resistor.
• Use a dissipative table mat.
The mat should provide a controlled discharge of static voltages and must be grounded.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
43
2 Controller description
2.4 Handling of FlexPendant
2.4 Handling of FlexPendant
Detached FlexPendant
A FlexPendant that is not connected to the robot or robot system cannot initiate emergency stops or protective stops. This must be stored out of reach and sight so that it cannot be mistaken for being in use.
Handling and cleaning
• The FlexPendant may only be used for the purposes mentioned in this manual.
• Always use the hand-strap while holding the FlexPendant.
• Handle with care. Do not drop, throw, or give the FlexPendant strong shock.
It can cause breakage or failure.
• If the FlexPendant is subjected to shock, always verify that the safety functions (three-position enabling device and emergency stop) work and are not damaged.
• Always use and store the FlexPendant in such a way that the cable does not become a tripping hazard.
• When not using the device, place it so it does not accidentally fall.
• Never use sharp objects (such as screwdriver or pen) for operating the touch screen. This could damage the touch screen. Instead use your finger or a stylus.
• Never clean the FlexPendant with solvents, scouring agent, or scrubbing sponges.
See the product manual for the robot controller, section Cleaning the
FlexPendant .
• Always close the protective cap on the USB port when no USB device is connected. The port can break or malfunction if exposed to dirt or dust.
CAUTION
The FlexPendant touch screen is made of glass. If the device is dropped on a hard surface or receives a significant impact the glass could break. To reduce the risk of cuts if the glass chips or cracks, do not touch or attempt to remove the broken glass.
Cabling and power supply
• Make sure that nobody trips over the cable to prevent the device from falling to the ground.
• Do not squeeze and thus damage the cable.
• Do not lay the cable over sharp edges.
Custom connections for FlexPendant
Any means of connecting the FlexPendant with other than the supplied cable and its standard connector must not render the emergency stop button inoperative.
Continues on next page
44
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
2 Controller description
2.4 Handling of FlexPendant
Continued
Always test the emergency stop button to make sure it works if a custom connection cable is used.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
45
2 Controller description
2.5 Network security
2.5 Network security
Network security
This product is designed to be connected to and to communicate information and data via a network interface. It is your sole responsibility to provide, and continuously ensure, a secure connection between the product and to your network or any other network (as the case may be).
You shall establish and maintain any appropriate measures (such as, but not limited to, the installation of firewalls, application of authentication measures, encryption of data, installation of anti-virus programs, etc) to protect the product, the network, its system and the interface against any kind of security breaches, unauthorized access, interference, intrusion, leakage and/or theft of data or information. ABB
Ltd and its entities are not liable for damage and/or loss related to such security breaches, any unauthorized access, interference, intrusion, leakage and/or theft of data or information.
46
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
2 Controller description
2.6 Open source and 3rd party components in RobotWare
2.6 Open source and 3rd party components in RobotWare
Open source and 3rd party components in RobotWare
ABB products use software provided by third parties, including open source software. The following copyright statements and licenses apply to various components that are distributed inside the ABB software. Each ABB product does not necessarily use all of the listed third party software components. Licensee must fully agree and comply with these license terms or the user is not entitled to use the product. Start using the ABB software means accepting also referred license terms. The third party license terms apply only to the respective software to which the license pertains, and the third party license terms do not apply to ABB products. With regard to programs provided under the GNU general public license and the GNU lesser general public license licensor will provide licensee on demand, a machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code. This offer is valid for a period of three years after delivery of the product.
ABB software is licensed under the ABB end user license agreement, which is provided separately.
For RobotWare, there is license information in the folder \licenses in the RobotWare distribution package.
For OleOS, the Linux based operating system used on the conveyor tracking module (CTM), a list of copyright statements and licenses is available in the file
/etc/licenses.txt
located on the CTM board and accessible via the console port or by downloading the file over SFTP.
For the CTM application, a list of copyright statements and licenses is available in the file /opt/ABB.com/ctm/licenses.txt
located on the CTM board and accessible via the console port or by downloading the file over SFTP.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
47
2 Controller description
2.7 ABB Ability
2.7 ABB Ability
Cellular data connection
If the ABB Ability™ OmniCore™ controller hardware is delivered together with a standard, free of charge (machine-to-machine or M2M) cellular data connection, it will automatically establish a connection to the ABB Ability™ digital platform once the power switch of the ABB Ability™ OmniCore™ controller hardware has been turned on and has been connected. After the establishment of the connection there will be a data flow from the OmniCore™ controller hardware to the ABB
Ability™ digital platform.
ABB does not warrant or guarantee an available, stable, uninterrupted, and interference free connection through the standard cellular data connection. This is dependent on the availability and quality of the cellular data signal as provided by the telecommunications carrier on the location where the ABB Ability™
OmniCore™ hardware is installed. The cellular data connection is to be used solely in connection with the ABB Ability™ OmniCore™ controller hardware and excludes, without limitation, voice services, web browsing, music downloading and other services that are not traditionally considered as machine to machine (M2M), but human-oriented telecommunication services.
ABB has established and maintains a formal information and cybersecurity procedures which includes commercially reasonable technical and organizational measures, in order to protect the data against security breaches, accidental or unlawful destruction, loss, alteration, and unauthorized disclosure of, or access to the data.
The cellular data connection is not required for the operation of the hardware and the connectivity settings can be adjusted and turned off at any given time. Detailed information on the mobile connection is further described in the service description that can be downloaded from the following web location: https://share.library.abb.com/api/v4?cid=9AAC910011&dk=Manual
Data
The OmniCore™ controller hardware is delivered with a standard mobile connection
(Cellular data connection), or WIFI modem and/or Ethernet connection.
ABB will not acquire any right, title and interest in the data other than the rights granted by Customer to ABB, but ABB will have the right to collect, store, aggregate, analyze or otherwise use the data for (i) providing and maintaining the hardware, services and/or the ABB software to Customer; (ii) prevent-ing, detecting and repairing problems related to the security and/or the operation of the hardware, the platform, software; (iii) improving and developing existing services, technologies, products and/or software and developing new services, technologies, products and/or software, and all improvements and developments (including all resulting intellectual property Rights) are exclusively owned by us. In addition, we have the right to use the data for benchmarking purposes if and to the extent it is anonymized or non-confidential.
Continues on next page
48
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
2 Controller description
2.7 ABB Ability
Continued
ABB Ability™ Connected Services
For as far as the robot installation includes ABB Ability™ Connected Services, this agreement is entered pursuant to and governed by the ABB Ability™ General
Terms and Conditions.
ABB Ability™ Terms and Conditions: https://ability.abb.com/terms
Special Terms and Conditions for ABB Ability™ Connected Services: https://new.abb.com/products/robotics/service/robot-registration
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
49
This page is intentionally left blank
3 Installation and commissioning
3.1 Introduction to installation and commissioning
3 Installation and commissioning
3.1 Introduction to installation and commissioning
General
This chapter contains assembly instructions and information for installing the
OmniCore C90XT controller at the working site.
See also the product manual for the manipulator.
The installation must be done by qualified installation personnel in accordance with the safety requirements set forth in the applicable national and regional standards and regulations.
Safety information
Before any installation work is commenced, it is extremely important that all safety information is observed.
There are general safety aspects that must be read through, as well as more specific safety information that describes the danger and safety risks when performing the procedures. Read the chapter
before performing any installation work.
Note
If the OmniCore C90XT is connected to power, always make sure that the robot is connected to protective earth and a residual current device (RCD) before starting any installation work.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
51
3 Installation and commissioning
3.2 Installation activities
3.2 Installation activities
Main steps for installing the controller
Use the following main steps to unload, transport, install, and connect the controller.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Action
Unpack the controller.
Install the controller.
Described in
Unpacking the controller on page 54 .
On-site installation on page 56 .
Connect the manipulator to the controller.
Connecting the manipulator to the controller on page 69
.
Connect power supply to the controller.
Connecting power supply to and grounding the controller on page 73 .
Connect input signals for presence sensing devices, etc.
Connect the FlexPendant to the controller.
Connecting and detaching a FlexPendant on page 76 .
Connect, for example, EtherNet, antenna,
PC, and other connections.
How to connect industrial networks, for example EtherNet, is described in the respective application manual.
How to connect to a network and a PC is described in section
Set up the network connection on page 84
. See also Operating manual - RobotStudio .
See also
Descriptions for connectors on page 87
.
Install options and add-ons (optional).
Installing options on page 106
.
Installing add-on devices on page 145
.
Initial test before commissioning.
Initial test before commissioning on page 154 .
52
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
3 Installation and commissioning
3.3.1 Lifting the controller cabinet
3.3 Transporting and handling
3.3.1 Lifting the controller cabinet
Lifting device
Use the four lifting eyes (Torque: 11.3 Nm-12.6 Nm) or a fork lift when lifting the controller, as shown below.
The following figure shows the maximum angle between the lifting straps when lifting the controller. The weight of the controller module is detailed in section
.
6 0 ° xx1900001445
Note
After removing the lifting lock, tighten the plastic screws (Torque: 0.8 Nm-1 Nm) for the controller cabinet.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
53
3 Installation and commissioning
3.3.2 Unpacking
3.3.2 Unpacking
Unpacking the controller
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Action
Make a visual inspection of the packaging and make sure that nothing is damaged.
Remove the packaging.
Check for any visible transport damage.
Note
Stop unpacking and contact ABB if transport damage is found.
Clean the unit with a lint-free cloth, if necessary.
Make sure that the lifting accessory used (if applicable) is suitable to handle the weight of the controller.
If the controller is not installed directly, it must be stored as described in
Transportation and storage conditions on page 39 .
Make sure that the expected operating environment of the controller conforms to the specifications as described in
Operating conditions on page 40
.
The controller can be taken to its installation site as described in section
On-site installation on page 56
.
54
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
3 Installation and commissioning
3.3.3 Storing
3.3.3 Storing
Storing the controller
For storing, see
Transportation and storage conditions on page 39
.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
55
3 Installation and commissioning
3.4.1 Required installation space
3.4 On-site installation
3.4.1 Required installation space
Dimensions
The following illustration shows the required installation space for the OmniCore
C90XT controller.
500 500 520 xx1900001448
• A free space of 500 mm on the front of the controller is required if the controller is mounted on a desk (not rack-mounted).
• A free space of 200 mm on the back of the controller is required if the controller is mounted on a desk (not rack-mounted).
• A free space of 500 mm on the left side of the controller is required if the controller is mounted on a desk (not rack-mounted). Do not place any cables over the left cover as it leads to inefficient cooling.
• A free space of 520 mm on the right sides of the controller is required if the controller is mounted on a desk (not rack-mounted). Do not place any cables over the right covers as it leads to inefficient cooling.
The following illustration shows the dimensions between the feet of the OmniCore
C90XT controller, as seen from below.
Continues on next page
56
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
41
3 Installation and commissioning
3.4.1 Required installation space
Continued
418 11(4X) xx1900001449
The feet will be used for positioning and fastening.
Mounting requirements:
• Anchor bolts: M8 X 4
• Tightening torque: 11.3 Nm-12.6 Nm
• Maximum flatness deviation of the installation plane: 8 mm
Note
Fix the controller to a concrete foundation or steel platform with anchor bolts during stacking.
Note
According to IEC60204-1, the power-operated switch should be installed between
600 mm to 1,900 mm above the servicing level. The switch will be easily accessible.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
57
3 Installation and commissioning
3.4.2 Mounting the FlexPendant holder
3.4.2 Mounting the FlexPendant holder
Note
To avoid dropping the FlexPendant from height, the holder should be placed in a comfortable working height.
Always use and store the FlexPendant in such a way that the cable does not become a tripping hazard.
When not using the device, place it so it does not accidentally fall.
Required equipment
Equipment
Standard toolkit
Spare part number Note
See
Standard toolkit for controller on page 417 .
FlexPendant Holder w/t Estop cover
3HAC064927-001
Note
The FlexPendant should always be placed in the holder when it is not used and it is not allowed to use by unauthorized person.
Mounting the FlexPendant holder onto a flat surface (Horizontally)
Use this procedure to mount the FlexPendant holder onto a flat surface, like the top of the controller, desktop and so on.
1
2
Action
Clean the surface and make sure it is dry.
Note/illustration
Remove the protective liner from the tape.
xx2000002352
Continues on next page
58
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
3 Installation and commissioning
3.4.2 Mounting the FlexPendant holder
Continued
3
Action
Press the holder onto the desired place.
Note/illustration xx2000002353
Hanging the FlexPendant holder with the bracket
Use this procedure to hang the FlexPendant holder on any place where can hold the bracket, like the door of the controller.
Tip
The bracket is included when the FlexPendant is purchased.
1
Action
Hang the FlexPendant holder to the bracket according to the screws on the bracket.
Note/illustration xx2000002354
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
59
3 Installation and commissioning
3.4.2 Mounting the FlexPendant holder
Continued
2
Action
Hang the holder with the bracket to the desired place.
Note/illustration xx2000002355
Hanging the front part of the FlexPendant holder with screws (Vertically)
Use this procedure to hang the front part of the FlexPendant holder to the desired place.
1
2
Action
Remove the four screws.
Separate the rear part from the FlexPendant holder.
Note/illustration
3 Clean the surface and make sure it is dry.
xx2000002356
Continues on next page
60
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
3 Installation and commissioning
3.4.2 Mounting the FlexPendant holder
Continued
4
Action
Remove the protective liner from the tape.
Note/illustration
5
6
Press the holder onto the desired place.
Use two M5 screws to secure the holder.
xx2000002357 xx2000002358
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
61
3 Installation and commissioning
3.5.1 Connectors on the OmniCore C90XT controller
3.5 Electrical connections
3.5.1 Connectors on the OmniCore C90XT controller
General
The following section describes the connectors on the covers of the OmniCore
C90XT controller.
CAUTION
Always inspect the connector for dirt or damage before connecting it to the controller. Clean or replace any damaged parts.
Connectors
The following details the connection interface on the OmniCore C90XT controller.
A
B
C
D
E xx2000000338
Description
Manipulator signal connector
Cable grommet assembly (option)
Cable grommet assembly
Power inlet connector
Motor connector
Continues on next page
62
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
3 Installation and commissioning
3.5.1 Connectors on the OmniCore C90XT controller
Continued
F
G
H
J
K
Description
TPU cover
FlexPendant connection (TPU connector)
ETH outlet connector
Motors on lamp
Power inlet switch
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
63
3 Installation and commissioning
3.5.2 Connecting cables to the controller
3.5.2 Connecting cables to the controller
General
A good and proper electrical installation of the robot system is necessary to ensure the best performance and prolong the lifetime of the whole robot system.
This section includes important information on how to connect cables and signals to the controller.
Signal classes
Different rules apply to the different classes when selecting and laying cables.
Signals from different classes must not be mixed.
Signal class
Power signals
Class 4 (noisy)
Description
Supplies external motors and brakes.
Applies to the cables associated with the power inputs and outputs of variable speed drives. Cables carrying strongly interfering signals such as motor cables, DC-link load sharing, unsuppressed inductive loads, DC motors, welding equipment, etc.
Control signals
Class 3 (slightly noisy)
Digital operating and data signals (digital I/O, protective stop, etc.).
Applies to cables carrying slightly interfering signals: AC power supply (<1 kV), DC power (24 V), power to equipment with RFI/EMI filters, control circuits with resistive or suppressed inductive loads
(such as contactors and solenoids), direct-on-line induction motors, etc.
Measurement signals
Class 2 (slightly sensitive)
Analog measurement and control signals (resolver and analog I/O).
This class covers ordinary analogue signals such as analogue signals (4-20 mA, 0-10V, or signals below 1 MHz), low-speed digital signals (RS232, RS485), digital (on/off) signals, limit switches, encoders, etc.
Data communication signals
Class 1 (sensitive)
Gateway (fieldbus) connection, computer link.
Applies to cables carrying very sensitive signals. Signals with a fullscale range less than 1 V or 1 mA, and/or a source impedance >1 kOhm, and/or a signal frequency >1 Mhz. For example high-speed digital communication (Ethernet), thermocouples, thermistors, strain gauges and flowmeters.
Selecting cables
All cables laid in the control cabinet must be capable of withstanding 70°C. In addition, the following rules apply to the cables of certain signal classes:
Signal class
Power signals
Control signals
Measurement signals
Data communication signals
Cable type
Shielded cable with an area of at least 0.75 mm² or AWG 18.
Shielded cable.
Shielded cable with twisted pair conductors.
Shielded cable with twisted pair conductors. A specific cable should be used for field bus connections and Ethernet, according to the standard specification of the respective bus.
Continues on next page
64
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
3 Installation and commissioning
3.5.2 Connecting cables to the controller
Continued
Note
Any local standards and regulations concerning insulation and area must always be complied with.
Route the cables
Routing of cables shall be done in a professional way.
• Cables of different classes, such as signal cables and power cables, must not be routed together as the power cables may introduce noise in the signal cables. The greater the separation distance, the lesser the risk for interference between the cables.
• Robot controller mains supply input cable and robot power cable should be separated even though they belong to the same class.
• If crossing cables from different classes, cables should cross at an angle close to 90 degrees.
• All external cables that are to be connected inside the controller must be shielded in the chassis before entering the cabinet.
Separation distances can be reduced if e.g. dividers are used between cables classes. Manufacturers of cable duct systems can provide information on how reduced separation distances can be achieved using their specific products.
Signal class
Power signals
Control signals
Measurement signals
Data communication signals
Cable type
• These signals generate a lot of interference and must be laid separate from control, measurement, and communication signals.
• The shielding must be connected to a paint-free part of the panel chassis of the cabinet at both ends of the cable. Any unshielded cable must be as short as possible.
• The manipulator power cables are routed on the floor and along the left side of the controller cabinet.
• Cables should not be wound up like coils. This could cause an magnetic field disturbing the signals. There will also be a risk of overheating depending on the load.
• These signals are very sensitive to interference. To protect these signals they should not be laid along with the power signals.
• In the cable, each signal must be twisted with a neutral wire.
• The shielding must be connected directly to the chassis at both ends of the cable.
Shielding cables
When peripheral devices are connected to the robot system, a shielded cable is necessary to reduce coupling of the inner cable conductors to the environment they pass through.
Shielding cable requirements
• The best method for shielding is to ground the shield at both ends of the cable, provided the ends grounding are at the same potential.
• If the grounding points have different electric potentials - grounding both ends will create a ground loop allowing unwanted current to flow in the shield.
Continues on next page
65 Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
3 Installation and commissioning
3.5.2 Connecting cables to the controller
Continued
In such cases one end grounding may be used. The grounding point should then be at the robot controller side.
• Cables carrying analog low-level signals is another exception where the shield should be grounded at only one end.
• Most data network and field bus types have defined grounding topologies.
If such grounding schemes exist, they should be followed.
• In complex interference environments, two-layer shielding may be required.
The inner shield should be grounded at the controller side only end and the outer shield should be grounded at both ends. The optimum shielding is a combination of foil and braid screens.
• The best connection is one in which the shielding is extended up to and makes a solid 360° connection (shown below) with the ground plane or chassis.
Shielding example
The below example shows the shielding of a d-type connector: xx1700001320
A A dimpled connector body makes multiple bonds to the mating connector body all around its periphery, 360° bonding.
B Metal, or metallized, back shell makes 360° bond to the connector body.
C The cable shield is exposed and 360° clamped to the back shell. A tight fit is a must.
Many other 360° bonding methods and types of 360° shielded connectors are also acceptable.
Shield pigtail termination
Shield pigtail termination, as shown below, shall be avoided. If a pigtail connection cannot be avoided, make it as short as possible.
xx1700001321
Continues on next page
66
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
3 Installation and commissioning
3.5.2 Connecting cables to the controller
Continued
Ground and screen connections
The task of the grounding system is twofold - protective and functional. The primary task is to serve as protective earth (PE) for personal and equipment safety. The secondary task is to serve as a return path for common mode current.
For further information refer to EN 60204-1 and UL 1740.
Grounding requirements
The controller cabinet ground must come from the mains power supply PE.
• The grounding cable color shall be green-yellow.
• The ground for the controller cabinet, robot manipulator and peripheral devices must be the same, preferably an equipotential ground grid (mesh).
• Ground connection points must have stable inter-metallic bonding, like screw fixation. Paint, dirt, rust, and other insulating material must be removed from the contacting surfaces.
For requirements on the marking of the supply ground connection inside the control cabinet refer to UL 508C. For further details on how grounding systems should be designed refer to IEC 61000-5-2. For details of cross-sectional area of PE refer to
IEC 60204-1.
Grounding installation
For information on how to install the ground for the manipulator, see the corresponding product manual.
Examples
The following figure shows 2 examples on how the ground and the signal cable screens can be connected:
Control cabinet External unit
Example 1
Example 2 xx1200000960
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
67
3 Installation and commissioning
3.5.2 Connecting cables to the controller
Continued
Example 1:
• Where a good ground is available on all units, the best shielding is obtained by grounding all screens at both ends on all units.
Example 2:
• If the cable is terminated where a good ground is not available a noise suppression capacitor can be used. The screens of the 2 cables must be connected as shown in the figure, but not connected to the chassis of the unit.
Interference elimination
Internal relay coils and other units that can generate interference inside the control cabinet are neutralized. External relay coils, solenoids and other units must be clamped in a similar way. The illustration below shows how this can be done.
Note that the turn-off time for DC relays increases after neutralization, especially if a diode is connected across the coil. Varistors give shorter turn-off times.
Neutralizing the coils lengthens the life of the switches that control them.
+24 V DC 0 V
1)
68
+24 V AC/DC
2)
0 V
3) xx1200000961
1 The diode should be dimensioned for the same current as the relay coil, and a voltage of twice the supply voltage.
2 The varistor should be dimensioned for the same energy as the relay coil, and a voltage of twice the supply voltage.
3 When AC voltage is used, the components needs to be dimensioned for >500
V max voltage and 125 V nominal voltage.
The resistor should be 100 Ω, and the capacitor should be 1W 0.1 - 1 µF
(typically 0.47 µF).
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
3 Installation and commissioning
3.5.3 Connecting the manipulator to the controller
3.5.3 Connecting the manipulator to the controller
General
Connect the manipulator and the controller to each other after installing them. The lists below specify which cables to be used in each application.
All connectors on the controller are shown in section
Main cable categories
All cables between the manipulator and the controller are divided into the following categories:
Cable category
Manipulator cable
Position switch cables (option)
Customer cables (option)
Additional axes cables (option)
Description
Handles power supply to and control of the manipulator's motors as well as feedback from the serial measurement board.
Handles supply to and feedback from any position switches.
Handles communication with equipment fitted on the manipulator by the customer.
Handles power supply to and control of the external axes motors as well as feedback from the servo system.
These categories above are divided into sub-categories which are specified in spare part manual. See
Manipulator cables on page 441 .
Connecting the cables from the manipulator to the controller
1
2
3
Action
Connect the manipulator cable to the connector X1.
Lock the connector with the lever.
Secure the cables to avoid tripping or wear.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
69
3 Installation and commissioning
3.5.4 Fitting the connector
3.5.4 Fitting the connector
General
This section describes how to manufacture a cable for connecting the main power to the controller.
Detailed view xx1900001461
D A
B
C
A
B
C
D xx1900001457
Description
Female insert, quick lock
Angle hood M20
Cable gland M20
Sealing screw
Continues on next page
70
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
3 Installation and commissioning
3.5.4 Fitting the connector
Continued
Specifications
Included parts
Procedure
The following describes the cable requirements for the main power connection to the OmniCore C90XT controller.
Component
Cable type
Cable area
Description
Flexible oil resistant rubber
3C x 2.5 mm
2 or AWG14
The following parts are included in the delivery.
Part
Power connector
Order number
3HAC070308-001
1
2
Use the following procedure to fit the connectors.
Action
Cut the cable to desired length.
Connect the wires according to the illustration.
Note/illustration
Quantity
1 xx1900001454
For single phase:
1 Live (L)
2 Neutral (N)
3 Not used
4 Not used
5 Not used
PE, Protective Earth, grounding
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
71
3 Installation and commissioning
3.5.4 Fitting the connector
Continued
3
Action
Remove cable jacket and strip the fine stranded wires about 10 mm if needed.
Note/illustration
4 Push fine stranded wires into the Han-
Quick Lock contact and push the slide with a screw driver until it comes to a stop.
xx1900001458 xx1900001459
72
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
3 Installation and commissioning
3.5.5 Connecting power supply to and grounding the controller
3.5.5 Connecting power supply to and grounding the controller
Note
How to manufacture a cable with connector is described in section
Fitting the connector on page 70 .
DANGER
A residual current device (RCD) must be installed.
Location of power supply connection xx1900001479
Location of grounding point
Note
The whole cabinet ground is connected to the X0.PE point.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
73
3 Installation and commissioning
3.5.5 Connecting power supply to and grounding the controller
Continued
3
4
1
2
5
PE xx1900001455
Description
Live (L)
Neutral (N)
Not used
Not used
Not used
Protective Earth, grounding
Required equipment
Equipment
Main connection cable (single phase)
Note
L, N, PE
Details see
Fitting the connector on page 70
.
External earth fault protection (residual current device,
RCD)
30 mA
Standard toolkit See
Standard toolkit for controller on page 417 .
Circuit diagram Circuit diagram - OmniCore
C90XT , 3HAC065464-009
Line fusing
There is no integrated fuse in side OmniCore C90XT controller. An external fuse or circuit breaker must be added by the integrator, according to the full load current rating. See
Connecting the power
The following procedure describes how to connect the main power to the controller.
Continues on next page
74
CAUTION
Always inspect the connector for dirt or damage before connecting it to the controller. Clean or replace any damaged parts.
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
3 Installation and commissioning
3.5.5 Connecting power supply to and grounding the controller
Continued
1
Action
Connect the main power cable to the power inlet connector X0 and lock it by pressing the hook.
Tip
When you hear a clear clicking sound, it is locked.
xx1900001456
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
75
3 Installation and commissioning
3.5.6 Connecting and detaching a FlexPendant
3.5.6 Connecting and detaching a FlexPendant
Introduction
When the controller is in automatic mode the FlexPendant can be detached from the controller without interrupting ongoing processes. This is possible only if the logged in user has the Safety Services grant.
CAUTION
Before detaching the FlexPendant, another emergency stop shall be available on the robot/robot system.
CAUTION
Without a connected FlexPendant, there is no visual identification of the operating mode.
CAUTION
A FlexPendant that is not connected to the robot or robot system cannot initiate emergency stops or protective stops. This must be stored out of reach and sight so that it cannot be mistaken for being in use.
CAUTION
The FlexPendant connector can only be used to connect a FlexPendant and
CANNOT be used to connect any other devices.
All external safety devices must be connected from the customer interface on robot signal exchange proxy.
Location of FlexPendant connector
The FlexPendant connector is located on the front panel on the controller.
Detaching the FlexPendant in automatic mode
Use the following procedure to detach the FlexPendant in automatic mode:
1 On the status bar, tap the QuickSet button.
2 Tap the Logout/Restart tab.
3 In the FlexPendant section, tap Detach FlexPendant .
Continues on next page
76
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
3 Installation and commissioning
3.5.6 Connecting and detaching a FlexPendant
Continued
The Detach FlexPendant window is displayed.
4 Tap Detach .
A popup window with 30 seconds countdown timer is displayed.
5 When the countdown is progressing, loosen the locking ring and detach the
FlexPendant from the controller.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
77
3 Installation and commissioning
3.5.6 Connecting and detaching a FlexPendant
Continued
The FlexPendant is shut down.
Note
If the FlexPendant cable is not detached within 30 seconds, the FlexPendant remains in the existing operating state.
WARNING
If the FlexPendant is detached after the 30 seconds countdown has passed, the controller will go to guard stop state.
Connecting the FlexPendant
The controller must be in manual mode when connecting the FlexPendant.
CAUTION
Always inspect the connector for dirt or damage before connecting it to the controller. Clean or replace any damaged parts.
Plug in the connector on the controller and tighten the locking ring.
78 xx1900000975
CAUTION
Make sure that the emergency stop button is not pressed in when connecting the FlexPendant.
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
3 Installation and commissioning
3.5.7 Network connections on OmniCore
3.5.7 Network connections on OmniCore
Connections on the OmniCore controller
The following figure illustrates the available Ethernet port connectors on the controller.
Note
For information regarding location of the Ethernet port connectors, see
Connectors on the OmniCore C90XT controller on page 62
.
1 xx1800003138
1 2 3 1 4
1
2
3
4
Label Description
I/O + LAN + ETHERNET
SWITCH
Port to the robot's private network. Intended for connecting ABB Scalable I/O units and network based process equipment to the controller.
ABB Ability™ This port only exists if the wired variant of the Connected Services Gateway is used. Intended for connecting to the robot's Ability™ network.
WAN
MGMT (Management)
WAN port that can be used to host a public industrial network.
Port to the robot's private network. The MGMT port shall be used by service personnel in close proximity to the controller, with a single client connected to the controller.
Note
The management port shall never be used for more than one client at a time. ABB Robotics assumes no responsibility for any errors/hazards that may appear when more than one client is attached to the management port.
A factory wide I/O network should be connected to the Ethernet port WAN on the controller.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
79
3 Installation and commissioning
3.5.7 Network connections on OmniCore
Continued
An I/O network that is local for a specific robot should be connected to the Ethernet port LAN, I/O or the ETHERNET SWITCH on the controller.
Note
It is not supported to connect multiple ports of the OmniCore controller to the same external switch unless static VLAN isolation is applied on the external switch.
Connections on the main computer
The Ethernet ports on the main computer belong to the following network segments:
Private Network Ability Network Public Network Drive Network
L
Service PC FlexPendant
Cameras, sensors, I/O
PLC Axis computer
Private Network xx1800003053
The ports X3 (MGMT), X6 (LAN 1), and X4 (LAN 2) and X2 (LAN 3) belong to the
Private Network segment.
Note
Private Network segments of multiple robot controllers cannot be connected to each other.
The MGMT port shall be used by service personnel in close proximity to the controller, with a single client connected to the controller.
Note
The management port shall never be used for more than one client at a time.
ABB Robotics assumes no responsibility for any errors/hazards that may appear when more than one client is attached to the management port.
The LAN1, LAN2 and LAN3 ports are intended for connecting robot controller internal computers or network based process equipment to the controller, for example cameras, and welding equipment.
Continues on next page
80
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
3 Installation and commissioning
3.5.7 Network connections on OmniCore
Continued
Ability Network
Port X5 (LAN 4) belongs to the Ability Network segment. The LAN4 port is intended for connecting to the Connected Services Gateway module for a firewalled access to ABB Ability™ Cloud server.
The connectivity is done through an embedded Connected Services Gateway
(Wired, Wi-Fi, or 3G).
Public Network
The port X23 (WAN) belongs to the Public Network segment. The WAN port is the public network interface to the controller, typically connected to the industrial network with a public IP address provided by the network administrator.
The Public Network segment is used for:
• connecting a PC running RobotStudio
• mounting FTP or NFS disks from the controller
• running Industrial Ethernet.
Note
The Public Network can be configured in RobotStudio or on the FlexPendant.
Drive Network
The X9 (AXC) port is intended to be connected to the robot drive system.
The AXC port is always connected to the axis computer. If MultiMove is used, AXC is connected to a switch that connects to all the axis computers.
One EtherNet/IP network connected to the robot controller
EtherNet/IP Adapter is only available on the public network via WAN. Ethernet/IP
Scanner can be used on both the private and public network at the same time.
The following figure illustrates the network when connecting a scanner and an adapter to the WAN port of the main computer:
Cell I/O
PLC
I/O I/O
Factory Network & Industrial Network
EtherNet/IP
Robot Controller 1
Private
MGMT LAN1 LAN2 LAN3
Public
WAN
Private I/O xx1800003192
Robot Controller 2
Private
MGMT LAN1 LAN2 LAN3
Public
WAN
Continues on next page
81 Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
3 Installation and commissioning
3.5.7 Network connections on OmniCore
Continued
Note
The Firewall Manager settings must be set to YES if the EtherNet/IP is to be used on the public network. Configuration is done in RobotStudio under Configuration
-> Communication -> Firewall Manager . See Operating manual - Integrator's guide OmniCore for more information.
Defining network settings
Network settings can be defined either in RobotStudio or from the FlexPendant for the controller:
• Defining network settings in RobotStudio:
1 In the Configuration browser, right-click the controller and select
Properties and then Network settings .
xx2000000488
2 In the Network settings window, set the values for:
IP address : The IP address for the OmniCore controller on the
EtherNet network.
Subnet mask : The subnet mask.
Default gateway : The default gateway.
xx2000000489
Continues on next page
82
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
3 Installation and commissioning
3.5.7 Network connections on OmniCore
Continued
• Defining network settings on the FlexPendant:
1 On the start screen, tap Settings , and then select Network from the menu.
2 Define IP address for the controller and tap OK .
PROFINET on factory network
When the WAN port is used for connecting to an industrial network, the traffic shares the same media as the factory network and will share bandwith with other non industrial network traffic.
The following figure illustrates the network when connecting a controller and a device to the WAN port of the main computer:
Cell I/O
PLC
I/O I/O
Factory Network & Industrial Network
PROFINET
Robot Controller 1
Private
MGMT LAN1 LAN2 LAN3
Public
WAN
Camera xx1900001102
Robot Controller 2
Private
MGMT LAN1 LAN2 LAN3
Public
WAN
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
83
3 Installation and commissioning
3.5.8 Set up the network connection
3.5.8 Set up the network connection
Management port
The management port is intended for service engineers and programmers connecting directly to the controller with a PC.
The management port is configured with the fixed IP address 192.168.125.1, which is the same for all controllers and cannot be changed, and has a DHCP server that automatically assigns an IP address to the connected PC.
Note
Do not connect another DHCP server to this port.
Note
For more information about connecting a PC to the management port, see section
Working online in Operating manual - RobotStudio .
WAN port
The WAN port is a public network interface to the controller, typically connected to the factory network with a public IP address provided by the network administrator.
The WAN port can be configured with fixed IP address, or DHCP, from RobotStudio or the FlexPendant. By default the IP address is blank.
Note
It is not recommended using leading zeros in dot-decimal notation of IP addresses. The numbers may wrongly be interpreted as octal numbers. Different behaviors on virtual and real controllers may be experienced.
Note
The WAN port cannot use any of the following IP addresses which are allocated for other functions on the controller:
• 192.168.125.0 - 255
• 192.168.126.0 - 255
• 192.168.127.0 - 255
The WAN port cannot be on a subnet which overlaps with any of the above reserved IP addresses. If a subnet mask in the class B range has to be used, then a private address of class B must be used to avoid any overlapping. Contact your local network administrator regarding network overlapping.
See the section Communication in Technical reference manual - System parameters .
Continues on next page
84
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
LAN port
Ability port
3 Installation and commissioning
3.5.8 Set up the network connection
Continued
Note
For more information about connecting a PC to the WAN port, see Operating manual - RobotStudio .
The LAN port on the front of the controller belongs to the controllers private network.
It is intended for connecting network based process equipment to the controller.
The LAN port is configured with the fixed IP address 192.168.125.1, which is the same for all controllers and cannot be changed, and has a DHCP server which can assign IP addresses to connected devices.
Note
Do not connect another DHCP server to this port.
The Ability port is a specific network interface to the controller, available on the
Connected Services Gateway wired (DSQC1041), connected to an Internet gateway with an IP address provided by the network administrator.
The Ability port must be configured with fixed IP address from RobotStudio or the
FlexPendant. By default the IP address is blank. An external gateway and DNS need to be provided.
For security reasons, only outbound access on port 53 DNS and 443 HTTP are allowed. The inbound access is blocked by an internal firewall and cannot be unblocked.
Note
The Ability port cannot use any of the following IP addresses which are allocated for other functions on the controller:
• 192.168.125.0 - 255
• 192.168.127.0 - 255
The Ability port cannot be on a subnet which overlaps with any of the above reserved IP addresses. If a subnet mask in the class B range has to be used, then a private address of class B must be used to avoid any overlapping. Contact your local network administrator regarding network overlapping.
See the section Communication in Technical reference manual - System parameters .
Note
For more information about connecting the Ability port to the internet, see
Application manual - Controller software OmniCore .
Continues on next page
85 Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
3 Installation and commissioning
3.5.8 Set up the network connection
Continued
Firewall settings
The Firewall Management function is used to configure the network firewall on the controller. Configuration is done in RobotStudio under Configuration ->
Communication -> Firewall Manager where pre-configured Network Services can be enabled or disabled: xx1900000352
Note
Only pre-registered Network Services can be configured in the Firewall Manager settings. The user cannot add new Network Services in the Firewall Manager and can only change the parameters Enable on Public Network and Enable on
Private Network for pre-registered Network Services.
Note
Only users with UAS grant Modify network security properties can modify the firewall settings.
For more information, see Technical reference manual - System parameters .
Related information
See more information about network configuration in Operating manual - Integrator's guide OmniCore .
86
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
3 Installation and commissioning
3.5.9 Descriptions for connectors
3.5.9 Descriptions for connectors
Internet connectors
The Connected Services Gateway unit has either an Ability port or an antenna connector on the front. See installation procedures in section
On-site installation on page 56 .
xx1900002450
Customer cable layout
The antenna should go through the cable grommet and fasten on the cabinet.
Note
The end user need to buy proper grommets according to the diameter of the cables which need to go through the grommet.
This will affect the protection level of the cabinet if it's not executed correctly.
It is recommended to use icotek KT grommet.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
87
3 Installation and commissioning
3.5.9 Descriptions for connectors
Continued
The cable layout is recommended as the following illustration.
xx2000000436
I/O connectors - Scalable I/O (option) xx1900002448
A
B
Scalable I/O output connectors
Scalable I/O input connectors
The connectors contain 16 digital input signals, 16 digital output signals, 24 V and
0 V for the outputs, and 0 V for the inputs.
Continues on next page
88
CAUTION
The process power supply should be supplied separately. Connecting the process power supply through the logical power supply connector (X19) may damage the device.
If the process power supply is supplied by the logical power supply connector
(X19), a surge protector must be installed to protect the device.
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
3 Installation and commissioning
3.5.9 Descriptions for connectors
Continued
For connection details, see Circuit diagram - OmniCore C90XT , 3HAC065464-009 and Application manual - Scalable I/O , 3HAC070208-001 .
Recommended surge protector
7 8
11 12
IN OUT
9 10
3 xx1800002551
The protect voltage for the surge protector should be 24 V DC.
4
Customer cable layout
It is recommended to use multicore cable for the customer connection.
The cables connected by customer to the I/O unit should go through the cable grommet and fasten on the cabinet.
Note
The end user need to buy proper grommets according to the diameter of the cables which need to go through the grommet.
This will affect the protection level of the cabinet if it's not executed correctly.
It is recommended to use icotek KT grommet.
The cable layout is recommended as the following illustration.
xx2000000434
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
89
3 Installation and commissioning
3.5.9 Descriptions for connectors
Continued
Conveyor tracking module
For detail information on customer connections to conveyor tracking module, see
Application manual - Conveyor tracking , 3HAC066561-001 .
xx1800000941
Customer cable layout
It is recommended to use multicore cable for the customer connection.
The cables connected by customer to the conveyor tracking module should go through the cable grommet and fasten on the cabinet.
Note
The end user need to buy proper grommets according to the diameter of the cables which need to go through the grommet.
This will affect the protection level of the cabinet if it's not executed correctly.
It is recommended to use icotek KT grommet.
Continues on next page
90
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
3 Installation and commissioning
3.5.9 Descriptions for connectors
Continued
The cable layout is recommended as the following illustration.
xx2000000435
24V terminal block (option)
This connector is internally connected with the optional power supply. It is a 24 V power supply for the customer. The characteristics are shown in the following table.
Parameter
Voltage
Voltage tolerance
Max output current
Value
24V DC
-3% ~ +10%
4 A
Note
The 24 V terminal block power supply is isolated from the internal logical circuit of the controller.
For connection details, see Circuit diagram - OmniCore C90XT , 3HAC065464-009 .
Customer cable layout
It is recommended to use multicore cable for the customer connection.
The cables connected by customer to the 24V terminal block should go through the cable grommet and fasten on the cabinet.
Note
The end user need to buy proper grommets according to the diameter of the cables which need to go through the grommet.
This will affect the protection level of the cabinet if it's not executed correctly.
It is recommended to use icotek KT grommet.
Continues on next page
91 Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
3 Installation and commissioning
3.5.9 Descriptions for connectors
Continued
The cable layout is recommended as the following illustration.
xx2000000433
Robot signal exchange proxy mating connectors
X14 xx1900002449
CAUTION
Safety functions must be verified before use. Safety functions must be tested regularly.
Connection
Type
Article number
Description
Customer safety interface: emergency stop and automatic stop
Weidmüller S2L 3.50 90F
S2L 3.50/16/90F 3.5SN BK BX 2*8 pins
1728680000 (or equivalent)
Continues on next page
92
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
3 Installation and commissioning
3.5.9 Descriptions for connectors
Continued
Note
External emergency stop switches are required in below cases in accordance with applicable standards:
• FlexPendant is hot swapped.
• FlexPendant is placed in its holder.
15 13
16 14
11 9
12 10
7
8
5
6
3
4
1
2 xx1800000553
9
7
5
3
1
Pin
15
13
11
Description
0V_CH1_CH2
AS1-
AS2-
0V_CH1_CH2
0V_CH1_CH2
ES1-
ES2-
0V_CH1_CH2
4
2
10
8
6
Pin
16
14
12
Description
24V_CH1
AS1+
AS2+
24V_CH2
24V_CH1
ES1+
ES2+
24V_CH2
The automatic stop and external emergency stop interfaces located in X14 are dual-channel safety inputs.
Each channel has 4 pins on the connectors, and the pin descriptions are shown in the following table.
Pin
24V_CH1/2
AS1+/ AS2+
AS1-/ AS2-
ES1+/ ES2+
ES1-/ ES2-
0V_CH1_CH2
Description
24 V power supplied by robot controller for stop switch use only. It must not be used for any other functions.
Safety loop high side of automatic stop input.
Safety loop low side of automatic stop input.
Safety loop high side of external emergency stop input.
Safety loop low side of external emergency stop input.
24V power reference ground.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
93
3 Installation and commissioning
3.5.9 Descriptions for connectors
Continued
The controller is shipped with a default configuration that the automatic stop circuit is opened and emergency stop circuit is bypassed (short-circuited). The controller
CANNOT work.
To enable the controller without any additional/external safety equipment, connect the safety circuit as shown in the following figure.
K2-X4
8
24V_CH1
K2-X4
16
24V_CH1
ES1+ AS1+
6
5 ES1-
14
13 AS1-
7
0V_CH1_CH2
15
0V_CH1_CH2
2
4
3
1
24V_CH2
ES2+
ES2-
0V_CH1_CH2
10
12
11
9
24V_CH2
AS2+
AS2-
0V_CH1_CH2 xx1900000060
In most applications it is required to connect automatic/external emergency stop switches. It is highly recommended to connect the stop switches as one of the following figures for the best safety performance. When the 24 V power is provided by customer instead of 24V_CH1/2, it shall be within the tolerance of 24 V -0%/+10%.
24V_CH1
AS1+ / ES1+
AS1- / ES1-
0V_CH1_CH2
24V_CH1
AS1+ / ES1+
AS1- / ES1-
0V_CH1_CH2
(A)
24V_CH2
AS2+ / ES2+
AS2- / ES2-
0V_CH1_CH2
(B)
24V_CH2
AS2+ / ES2+
AS2- / ES2-
0V_CH1_CH2
Customer provided power
Customer_24V_CH1
Customer provided power
24V_CH1
AS1+ / ES1+
AS1- / ES1-
0V_CH1_CH2
Customer_24V_CH1
24V_CH1
AS1+ / ES1+
AS1- / ES1-
0V_CH1_CH2
Customer_0V_CH1
Customer_0V_CH1
Customer_24V_CH2
Customer_24V_CH2
Customer_0V_CH2
(C)
24V_CH2
AS2+ / ES2+
AS2- / ES2-
0V_CH1_CH2 Customer_0V_CH2
(D)
24V_CH2
AS2+ / ES2+
AS2- / ES2-
0V_CH1_CH2 xx1900000600
Continues on next page
94
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
3 Installation and commissioning
3.5.9 Descriptions for connectors
Continued
Note
It is prohibited to connect the dual-channel switch as shown in the following figure, as this does not comply with the Cat.3 structure.
24V_CH1
AS1+ / ES1+
AS1- / ES1-
0V_CH1_CH2
24V_CH1
AS1+ / ES1+
AS1- / ES1-
0V_CH1_CH2
24V_CH2
AS2+ / ES2+
AS2- / ES2-
0V_CH1_CH2
24V_CH2
AS2+ / ES2+
AS2- / ES2-
0V_CH1_CH2
(A) (B) xx1900000599
For more connections other than those illustrated above, carefully assess the risk before use and contact your local ABB for support.
X15
Connection
Type
Article number
Description
Customer optional interface
Weidmüller S2L 3.50 90F
S2L 3.50/16/90F 3.5SN BK BX 2*9 pins
1728690000 (or equivalent)
17 15 13 11 9
18 16 14 12 10 xx1800000555
5
3
1
11
9
7
Pin
17
15
13
Description
NC
NC
ESOUT1-
ESOUT2-
NC
NC
NC
MON_LAMP
MON_PB
7
8
6
4
2
12
10
8
Pin
18
16
14
5
6
3
4
1
2
Description
NC
NC
ESOUT1+
ESOUT2+
NC
NC
NC
24V_MON
24V_MON
Continues on next page
95 Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
3 Installation and commissioning
3.5.9 Descriptions for connectors
Continued
Note
NC means those pins are reserved. They cannot be electrically connected to any external signal, ground, or voltage.
Pin
ESOUT1+
ESOUT1-
ESOUT2+
ESOUT2-
24V_MON
MON_LAMP
MON_PB
Description
High side terminal of Emergency stop output Channel 1.
Low side terminal of Emergency stop output Channel 1.
High side terminal of Emergency stop output Channel 2.
Low side terminal of Emergency stop output Output Channel 2.
24 V power supplied by robot controller for motors on lamp and motors on push button use only. It must not be used for any other functions.
Motors on lamp output interface. The max sink current is 50mA.
Motors on push button input interface.
Note
The device connected to the ESOUT pins shall fulfill the IEC 61131-2 type 1 Input.
Note
Logic low of Emergency stop output shall be recognized as Emergency stop triggered.
Note
The maximum length of the cable connected to the ESOUT pins shall be 10 m.
Note
The cable shall be protected from external EM disturbance, suggested to use separate multicore cables.
Note
The FlexPendant connector can only be used to connect a FlexPendant and
CANNOT be used to connect any other devices.
All external safety devices must be connected from the customer interface on robot signal exchange proxy.
Continues on next page
96
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
X19
3 Installation and commissioning
3.5.9 Descriptions for connectors
Continued
ESOUT1 +
Safety PLC
Or
Relay
Indicator
Relay Output for
Safety Input of
Next Stage
ESOUT 1-
ESOUT2 +
Indicator
Controller
Interface Isola!on
Safety PLC
Or
Relay
Relay Output for
Safety Input of
Next Stage
ESOUT 2-
Isola!on
xx2000001763
Although the Motors On function is available on the FlexPendant, an interface is provided in X15 for an optional Motors On push button and an indication lamp.
Both have 2 pins on the connectors.
Push Bu!on
24V_MON
MON_PB
Lamp
24V_MON
MON_LAMP xx1900000598
Connection
Type
Article number
Description
Customer IO power supply
Weidmüller SC 3.81 90F
SC 3.81/08/90F 3.2SN BK BX 8 Pins
1793380000 (or equivalent)
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
97
3 Installation and commissioning
3.5.9 Descriptions for connectors
Continued
X20
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 xx1800000556
6
7
4
5
8
Pin
1
2
3
Description
24V_IO_EXT
0V_IO_EXT
24V_IO_EXT
0V_IO_EXT
24V_IO_EXT
0V_IO_EXT
24V_IO_EXT
0V_IO_EXT
24V_IO_EXT is the 24 V power supply for the customer. The characteristics are shown in the following table.
Parameter
Voltage
Voltage tolerance
Max output current
Value
24V DC
-3% ~ +10%
3 A
Connection
Type
Article number
Description
Customer optional power input (Reserved)
Weidmüller SC 3.81 90F
SC 3.81/06/90F 3.2SN BK BX 6 Pins
1793370000 (or equivalent)
98
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
3 Installation and commissioning
3.5.10 Configuring safety stops
3.5.10 Configuring safety stops
Introduction
The automatic stop (AS) and the general stop (GS) are configured using the Visual
SafeMove functionality in RobotStudio.
Note
The automatic stop cannot be configured in RobotWare 7.0 and RobotWare 7.1.
In RobotWare 7.0 and 7.1, the stops are configured in the system parameters.
Configuration
The automatic stop is configurable to be either an automatic stop or a general stop, where the general stop will stop the robot in manual reduced speed mode.
After the configuration is done in the Visual SafeMove, the safety configuration must be written to the controller and then a restart of the controller is required.
WARNING
The new settings must be verified by test before the system is used.
• ProtectiveStop is the AS/GS input
• ExternalEmergencyStop is the ES input
• InternalEmergencyStop is the emergency stop button on the FlexPendant
Note
When upgrading RobotWare systems from 7.0 or 7.1, the stop configuration is done using system parameters.
See also the circuit diagram, Circuit diagram - OmniCore C90XT .
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
99
3 Installation and commissioning
3.5.11 Programmable stop functions
3.5.11 Programmable stop functions
Stopping functions
There are different methods to stop the robot, in addition to manually initiated stops.
• Stop with system input signals
• Stop with RAPID instructions
• Other stops
Stop category configuration
The stop category can be configured, see Technical reference manual - System parameters .
Safety inputs
Automatic Stop
Emergency Stop
System parameter Function
Description
Category1AS
Category1LES
Category1AS can be used to configure the protective stop in automatic mode either as stop category 0 or category 1. The default configuration is TRUE (stop category 1).
Category1LES is used to configure the emergency stop on the FlexPendant in automatic and manual mode. The default configuration is FALSE (stop category 0).
Emergency Stop Category1EES Category1EES is used to configure an external emergency stop in automatic and manual mode. The default configuration is FALSE (stop category 0).
Stop with system input signals
In the control system, it is possible to define system input signals to be set/reset through different interactions, for example, through networks, I/O blocks, RobAPI, etc. See next release version .
Pre-defined system input Description
SoftStop
QuickStop
The manipulator is stopped on the path with no deviation.
Stop at End of Cycle
This is a faster stop of the manipulator than SoftStop . This stop is more stressing for the mechanics than SoftStop .
QuickStop ignores torque and acceleration limits.
Stops the RAPID program when the complete program is executed, that means when the last instruction in the main routine has been completed.
Stop at End of Instruction Stops program execution after the current instruction is completed.
All of these stops are performed without using the brakes, and the power is never disconnected. The program execution can be continued directly, for example by activating a start signal.
Note
Only safety rated input signals are allowed to be used for safety.
Continues on next page
100
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
3 Installation and commissioning
3.5.11 Programmable stop functions
Continued
Stop with RAPID instructions
There are several RAPID instructions available that stops the robot.
Instruction
BREAK
EXIT
Description Arguments
SystemStopAction Stops all robots in all tasks immediately.
\Stop : similar to a normal program stop with stop button.
\StopBlock : as above, but to restart the PP has to be moved.
\Halt : this is like a category 0 stop, i.e. it will result in motors off state, stop of program execution and robot movements in all motion tasks. The Motors on button must be pressed before the program execution can be restarted.
Stop
StopMove
The current move instruction will be finished before the robot stops.
A restart will continue the program execution.
\NoRegain : the robot will not return to the stop point when restarted, e.g. after having been jogged away.
\AllMoveTasks : all robots will be stopped.
The current move instruction will be stopped immediately as a soft stop but the program execution will continue with the next instruction. This is often used in for example trap routines.
\AllMotionTasks : all robots will be stopped.
The current move instruction and the program execution will be stopped immediately as a normal program stop. A restart will continue the program execution.
The current move instruction and the program execution will be stopped immediately as a normal program stop. After stop the Program Pointer has to be reset to
Main.
EXITCYCLE
SearchX
The current move instruction and program execution will be stopped immediately. The Program Pointer will be reset to Main and if running mode is continuous, the program will be restarted.
Search instructions can be programmed with arguments to stop the robot movement close to the point where a search hit was noticed. The program execution will continue with the next instruction.
\Stop : Stiff stop - the robot will stop as fast as possible. This stop is performed by ramping down motion in each motor separate from each other, and as fast as possible. Since it will be without any coordination, the robot may slide off path fairly much.
\SStop : Soft stop - the robot will stop on path.
\Sup : the robot will continue to the
ToPoint . If more than one search hit is found, an error will be reported.
Continues on next page
101 Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
3 Installation and commissioning
3.5.11 Programmable stop functions
Continued
RAPID instructions are described in Technical reference manual - RAPID
Instructions, Functions and Data types .
Other unexpected stops
Type of stop
SysFail
Power fail
Stop at collision
Description
In the control system there is a surveillance and monitoring function that can detect abnormal situations. In such cases a stop will be initiated. The robot controller must be restarted.
In the control system there is a monitoring function that can detect power failure. In such cases a stop will be initiated.
In the control system there is a monitoring function that can detect collisions. In such cases a stop will be initiated.
WARNING
Special care must be taken when restarting a machine that is stopped due to a collision. The robot might make a limited movement when restarted.
WARNING
The revolution counters might need to be updated after a collision to ensure path accuracy.
Stopping time/distance
Stopping time/distance for emergency stop (category 0), program stop (category1) at max speed, max stretched out and max load, categories according to EN 60204-1.
All results are from tests on one moving axis. All stop distances are valid for floor mounted robot, without any tilting.
For detail stopping time/distance for each robot, see Product specification Robot stopping distances according to ISO 10218-1 .
102
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
3 Installation and commissioning
3.6.1 Available fieldbuses
3.6 I/O system
3.6.1 Available fieldbuses
General
The controller can be fitted with a number of different fieldbus adapters, fieldbus boards, and software based fieldbuses. The software based fieldbuses do not require any hardware.
Fieldbus connections
There is one slot available for installing a fieldbus board (PCIe) on the main computer, with process connectors on the front panel, and one slot for installing a fieldbus adapter (slave).
The software based fieldbuses are connected directly to one of the Ethernet ports.
A xx1700000748
B C D
C
D
A
B
Fieldbus adapter (slave)
Slot for fieldbus adapters
Slot for fieldbus, PCI express card
Fieldbus board (master)
Available board
The following master board is available.
Description
DeviceNet Board
Article number
3HAC043383-001
Type designation
DSQC1006
Available software based fieldbuses
The following software based fieldbuses are available as RobotWare options.
• EtherNet/IP
• PROFINET
Continues on next page
103 Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
3 Installation and commissioning
3.6.1 Available fieldbuses
Continued
Available adapter
The following fieldbus adapter slave is available.
Description
DeviceNet Slave Fieldbus Adapter
Article number
3HAC045973-001
Type designation
DSQC1004
References
For more information on how to install and configure the fieldbuses, see the respective manual.
Manual title
Application manual - DeviceNet Master/Slave
Article number
3HAC066562-001
104
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
3 Installation and commissioning
3.6.2 Scalable I/O, internal and external
3.6.2 Scalable I/O, internal and external
General
The controller can be fitted with an internal I/O unit, DSQC1030, with 16 digital inputs and 16 digital outputs. The controller can also use external I/O units, with
DSQC1030 as base unit and add-on units as extension.
Scalable I/O units
The I/O unit DSQC1030 Digital Base belongs to the ABB Scalable I/O system, which is a modular, compact, and scalable I/O system that consists of a base device
(minimum configuration), and add-on devices.
The base device has a Plug & Produce interface and communicates over the default
EtherNet/IP communication protocol to the robot controller. When using the standard interface, no additional RobotWare options or hardware options are required to communicate with the robot controller. When using the RobotWare option
EtherNet/IP Scanner/Adapter , more configuration possibilities are available.
For more information about installing, configuring, and using the scalable I/O units, see Application manual - Scalable I/O .
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
105
3 Installation and commissioning
3.7.1 Installing the harness for double SMB
3.7 Installing options
3.7.1 Installing the harness for double SMB
Location
The illustration shows the location of the harness double SMB in the controller.
xx2000000448
Required spare parts
Note
The spare part numbers that are listed in the table can be out of date. See the latest spare parts of the OmniCore C90XT via myABB Business Portal, www.abb.com/myABB .
Spare part
Harness Single SMB connection
Article number
3HAC069674-001
Harness Double SMB connection 3HAC069675-001
Note
Harness single SMB
Harness double SMB
Continues on next page
106
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
3 Installation and commissioning
3.7.1 Installing the harness for double SMB
Continued
Required tools and equipment
Equipment
Standard toolkit -
Article number Note
Content is defined in section
Standard toolkit for controller on page 417
.
ESD protective wrist band -
Required documents
Document Article number
Circuit diagram - OmniCore C90XT 3HAC065464-009
Note
Installing the harness double SMB
Preparations
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2
3
Open the door.
.
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
xx1900001446
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
107
3 Installation and commissioning
3.7.1 Installing the harness for double SMB
Continued
Removing the harness for signal SMB
1
Action
Loosen the screw and disconnect:
• SMB - K6.X4
Note/Illustration
2 Remove the attachment screws on the cover.
xx1900001914 xx1900001915
3
4
Push the manipulator signal connector into the cabinet.
Take the manipulator signal connector out.
Refitting the harness for double SMB
Action
1
DANGER
Note/Illustration
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Continues on next page
108
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
3 Installation and commissioning
3.7.1 Installing the harness for double SMB
Continued
Action
2
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
Note/Illustration
3
4
Insert the manipulator signal connector into the cover from inner side of the cabinet.
Secure it with the attachment screws.
Screws: Torx pan head screw M4x8 (4 pcs)
5 Reconnect and secure:
• K6.X4, K6.X5 - SMB.
xx2000000440 xx2000000439
Concluding procedure
1
2
Action
Close the door.
Perform the function tests to verify that the safety features work properly, see
.
Note/Illustration
.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
109
3 Installation and commissioning
3.7.2 Installing the scalable I/O devices
3.7.2 Installing the scalable I/O devices
Location
The location of the base unit used as a scalable I/O internal unit is shown in the following illustration.
xx1900001467
The base unit can also be used as a scalable I/O external unit, with or without add-on devices.
For more information about installing, configuring, and using the scalable I/O units, see Application manual - Scalable I/O .
Required parts
Part
Local I/O Digital base [3032-1]
Connectors digital base/add on
Digital add-on [3033-2]
Analog add-on [3034-2]
Connectors I/O Analog
Relay add-on [3035-2]
Connectors I/O Relay
Article number
3HAC058663-001
3HAC060919-001
3HAC058664-001
3HAC058665-001
3HAC060925-001
3HAC058666-001
3HAC060926-001
Note
DSQC1030
DSQC1031
DSQC1032
DSQC1033
Required tools and equipment
Equipment
Standard toolkit -
Article number Note
Content is defined in section
Standard toolkit for controller on page 417
.
ESD protective wrist band
Continues on next page
110
-
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
3 Installation and commissioning
3.7.2 Installing the scalable I/O devices
Continued
Required documents
Document Article number
Circuit diagram - OmniCore C90XT 3HAC065464-009
Application manual - Scalable I/O 3HAC070208-001
Note
Installing the scalable I/O internal base device
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
3 Push the digital base into the bracket until you hear a clear clicking sound.
xx1900001446 xx1900002447
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
111
3 Installation and commissioning
3.7.2 Installing the scalable I/O devices
Continued
4
Action
Connect the adapter cable to the digital base.
• K5.1.X5 - A2.X4/K4.X7
Note/Illustration
Note
If the Ethernet extension switch is installed, connect and disconnect the connector K5.1.X5 to/from
K4.X7.
If the Ethernet extension switch is not installed, connect and disconnect the connector K5.1.X5 to/from
A2.X4.
• K5.1.X4 - K2.X3
• The harness connected to I/O unit by customer
Installing scalable I/O external devices
For more information about installing, configuring, and using the scalable I/O units, see Application manual - Scalable I/O .
Action Note/Illustration
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
2
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
3
4
5
6
7
8
Prepare the scalable I/O units for external mounting as described in Application manual - Scalable I/O .
Open the door.
.
Connect the external base device to the internal base device (X3) or the Ethernet switch, using an Ethernet cable.
Connect an external power supply to the external base units, connector X4.
Each base device requires its own power supply.
Close the door.
Perform the function tests to verify that the safety features work properly, see
.
112
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
3 Installation and commissioning
3.7.3 Installing the Ethernet extension switch
3.7.3 Installing the Ethernet extension switch
Location
The illustration shows the location of the Ethernet extension switch in the controller.
xx1900001465
Required spare parts
Note
The spare part numbers that are listed in the table can be out of date. See the latest spare parts of the OmniCore C90XT via myABB Business Portal, www.abb.com/myABB .
Spare part
Ethernet Extension switch [3014-
1]
Article number
3HAC059187-001
Note
DSQC1035
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
113
3 Installation and commissioning
3.7.3 Installing the Ethernet extension switch
Continued
Required tools and equipment
Equipment
Standard toolkit -
Article number Note
Content is defined in section
Standard toolkit for controller on page 417
.
ESD protective wrist band -
Required documents
Document Article number
Circuit diagram - OmniCore C90XT 3HAC065464-009
Note
Installing the Ethernet extension switch
Preparations
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2
3
Open the door.
.
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
xx1900001446
Refitting the Ethernet extension switch (option)
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
Continues on next page
114 Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
3 Installation and commissioning
3.7.3 Installing the Ethernet extension switch
Continued
2
Action Note/Illustration
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
3 Hook up the Ethernet extension switch to the bracket and then push the switch into position.
Note
During the installation, there should be no gap between the upper surface of the
Ethernet extension switch and the lower surface of highest bracket on the main computer.
xx1900001446 xx1900002330 xx1800000972
Concluding procedure
4 Reconnect:
• K2.X2 - K4.X8, A2.X1
• K4.X7 - K5.1.X5
• K4.X6 - A2.X4
1
2
Action
Close the door.
Perform the function tests to verify that the safety features work properly, see
Note/Illustration
.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
115
3 Installation and commissioning
3.7.4 Installing the power supply optional device
3.7.4 Installing the power supply optional device
Location
The illustration shows the location of the power supply optional device in the controller.
xx2000000447
Required spare parts
Note
The spare part numbers that are listed in the table can be out of date. See the latest spare parts of the OmniCore C90XT via myABB Business Portal, www.abb.com/myABB .
Spare part
Power supply
DSQC 609 power supply
DSQC 634 power supply
Article number
3HAC071301-001
3HAC14178-1
3HAC13398-2
Harness AC input of power supply 3HAC069617-001
End clamp 3HAB7983-1
Note
DSQC3035
DSQC 609
DSQC 634
Required tools and equipment
Equipment
Standard toolkit -
Article number Note
Content is defined in section
Standard toolkit for controller on page 417
.
ESD protective wrist band -
Continues on next page
116
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
3 Installation and commissioning
3.7.4 Installing the power supply optional device
Continued
Required documents
Document Article number
Circuit diagram - OmniCore C90XT 3HAC065464-009
Note
Installing the optional power supply
Preparations
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2
3
Open the door.
.
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
xx1900001446
Installing the 24V terminal block
1
Action
Hang the 24V terminal block to the bracket and push the lower part until you hear a clear clicking sound.
Note/Illustration
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
117
3 Installation and commissioning
3.7.4 Installing the power supply optional device
Continued
Fitting the optional power supply
1
Action
Fit the power supply to the bracket.
Note
For DSQC 609: Hang the power supply to the bracket and secure the power supply with the attached screw.
For DSQC 634: Hang the power supply to the bracket and push the lower part until you hear a clear clicking sound.
Note/Illustration
For DSQC 609:
Screws: Cross recessed cheese head screw
M4x8 (1 pcs) xx1900001908
For DSQC 634: xx1900001950
Continues on next page
118
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
3 Installation and commissioning
3.7.4 Installing the power supply optional device
Continued
2
Action
Refit the end clamp besides the power supply.
Note/Illustration
For DSQC 609: xx1900001907
For DSQC 634: xx1900002443
3 Connect:
• T5.X1-AC Terminal block
• T5.X2-24V Terminal block
Note
The connector on the AC_in cable
(3HAC061099-001) is fastened to the cable clip in the illustration when the power supply optional is not selected.
Concluding procedure
1
2
Action
Close the door.
Perform the function tests to verify that the safety features work properly, see
Note/Illustration
.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
119
3 Installation and commissioning
3.7.5 Installing the fieldbus adapter slave devices
3.7.5 Installing the fieldbus adapter slave devices
Location
The illustration shows the location of the fieldbus adapter slave devices in the controller.
xx1900001474
Required spare parts
Note
The spare part numbers that are listed in the table can be out of date. See the latest spare parts of the OmniCore C90XT via myABB Business Portal, www.abb.com/myABB .
Note Spare part
Fieldbus slot cover
Article number
3HAC062390-001
DeviceNet Slave Fieldbus adaptor
[3030-1]
3HAC045973-001
ProfiNet Board [3022-1]
Ethernet Unit [3025-1]
3HAC031670-001
3HAC027652-001
DSQC1004
DSQC 688
DSQC 669
Required tools and equipment
Equipment
Standard toolkit -
Article number Note
Content is defined in section
Standard toolkit for controller on page 417
.
ESD protective wrist band -
Required documents
Document Article number
Circuit diagram - OmniCore C90XT 3HAC065464-009
Note
Installing the fieldbus adapter slave variants
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
Continues on next page
120 Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
3 Installation and commissioning
3.7.5 Installing the fieldbus adapter slave devices
Continued
2
Action Note/Illustration
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
xx1900001446
3
4
5
Open the door.
Remove the fieldbus slot cover with a screwdriver.
Insert the fieldbus adapter slave and secure the screws.
.
xx1900001917
6
7
Close the door.
Perform the function tests to verify that the safety features work properly, see
.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
121
3 Installation and commissioning
3.7.6 Installing the fieldbus master
3.7.6 Installing the fieldbus master
Location
The illustration shows the location of the fieldbus master in the main computer.
Required spare parts xx1800003420
Harness DeviceNet is an option of process connector.
Note
The spare part numbers that are listed in the table can be out of date. See the latest spare parts of the OmniCore C90XT via myABB Business Portal, www.abb.com/myABB .
Spare part
DeviceNet Board
Article number
3HAC043383-001
Note
DSQC1006
Required tools and equipment
Equipment
Standard toolkit -
Article number Note
Content is defined in section
Standard toolkit for controller on page 417
.
ESD protective wrist band -
Required documents
Document Article number
Circuit diagram - OmniCore C90XT 3HAC065464-009
Note
Continues on next page
122
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
3 Installation and commissioning
3.7.6 Installing the fieldbus master
Continued
Installing the DeviceNet board
Preparations
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2
3
Open the door.
.
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
xx1900001446
Removing the main computer assembly
1
Action
Disconnect all the connectors on the assembly group of the robot signal exchange proxy, Ethernet switch (option),
Connected Services Gateway, and main computer.
Note/Illustration
For the robot signal exchange proxy:
• K2.X8 - A2.X6
• (option): K2.X2 - K4.X8, A2.X1
• K2.X12 - A2.K3.X6, A2.K3.X7
• K2.X10 - A1.X13
• K2.X21 - TempSensor
• K2.X4 - A1.X9
• K2.X3 - K6.X1, A2.K3.X1, K5.1.X4,
K7.X1
• K2.X1 - T2.X2
• K2.X17 - G2.X1, G1.X2
• K2.X6, K2.X11 - A1.X2
• K2.X7, K2.X22 - Harn. LV robot power
• K2.X9 & X13 - FlexPendant
Continues on next page
123 Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
3 Installation and commissioning
3.7.6 Installing the fieldbus master
Continued
Action
For the Ethernet extension switch (option):
• K2.X2 - K4.X8, A2.X1
• K4.X7 - K5.1.X5
• K4.X6 - A2.X4
For the Connected Services Gateway:
• K7.X1 - K2.X3
i
• K7.X2 - A2.X5
Note/Illustration
Note
The connector K7.X2 is locked; grab the connector, push it in to release it and then remove the connector.
For the main computer:
• K2.X8 - A2.X6
• K2.X2 - K4.X8, A2.X1
• K2.X12 - A2.K3.X6, A2.K3.X7
• K6.X2 - A2.X9
• A2.X5 - K7.X2
• A2.X4 - K4.X6/K5.1.X5
Note
If the Ethernet extension switch is installed, connect and disconnect the connector A2.X4 to/from
K4.X6.
If the Ethernet extension switch is not installed, connect and disconnect the connector A2.X4 to/from
K5.1.X5.
2 Remove the screws holding the main computer.
xx1900001877
Continues on next page
124
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
3 Installation and commissioning
3.7.6 Installing the fieldbus master
Continued
3
Action
Remove the assembly from the mounting plate.
Note/Illustration
Note
Avoid colliding with the frame when removing the unit.
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
When handling the computer outside of the controller, use the wrist strap button located on the side of the computer.
xx1900001878 xx1900001885 i
For Connected Services Gateway wired, there is no power cable.
Removing the robot signal exchange proxy
1
Action Note/Illustration
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
When handling the computer outside of the controller, use the wrist strap button located on the side of the computer.
xx2000000419
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
125
3 Installation and commissioning
3.7.6 Installing the fieldbus master
Continued
2
Action
Pull the cable ties out from the locking holes.
Note/Illustration
3 Remove the screws and lift out the robot signal exchange proxy.
xx1900001879 xx1900001880
Installing the DeviceNet board
1
Action Note/Illustration
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
When handling the computer outside of the controller, use the wrist strap button located on the side of the computer.
xx2000000419
Continues on next page
126
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
3 Installation and commissioning
3.7.6 Installing the fieldbus master
Continued
2
Action
Remove the screws on top of the main computer and take the cover off.
Note/Illustration
3 Remove the attachment screw on the cover of the fieldbus master and take out the cover.
xx1800003415
Note
The Connected Services Gateway and Ethernet extension switch are omitted on the illustration to make it more clear.
xx1800003414
Note
The Connected Services Gateway and Ethernet extension switch are omitted on the illustration to make it more clear.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
127
3 Installation and commissioning
3.7.6 Installing the fieldbus master
Continued
4
Action
Insert the DeviceNet board into the card slots along the guide rail in the main computer.
Note/Illustration
B
A
5 Secure the DeviceNet board with the screw.
xx1800003417
A
B
Card slots
Guide rail
Note
The Connected Services Gateway and Ethernet extension switch are omitted on the illustration to make it more clear.
Screw: Screw with flange M3x6 (1 pcs) xx1800003416
Note
The Connected Services Gateway and Ethernet extension switch are omitted on the illustration to make it more clear.
Continues on next page
128
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
3 Installation and commissioning
3.7.6 Installing the fieldbus master
Continued
6
Action Note/Illustration
Refit the cover on the main computer and secure the screws.
Screws: Hexalobular socket pan head screw
M3x6 (4 pcs) xx1800003418
Note
The Connected Services Gateway and Ethernet extension switch are omitted on the illustration to make it more clear.
Refitting the robot signal exchange proxy
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
xx2000000419
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
129
3 Installation and commissioning
3.7.6 Installing the fieldbus master
Continued
3
Action Note/Illustration
Fit the robot signal exchange proxy and secure the screws.
Screws: Torx pan head screw M4x8 (4 pcs)
4 Insert the cable ties into the locking holes.
xx1900001880 xx1900001879
Refitting the main computer assembly to the cabinet
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
Continues on next page
130
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
3 Installation and commissioning
3.7.6 Installing the fieldbus master
Continued
2
Action Note/Illustration
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
When handling the computer outside of the controller, use the wrist strap button located on the side of the computer.
3 Refit the assembly onto the mounting plate.
xx1900001446 xx1900001885 xx1900001878
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
131
3 Installation and commissioning
3.7.6 Installing the fieldbus master
Continued
4
Action
Fasten the assembly with the screws.
Note/Illustration
5 Reconnect all the connectors on assembly of the robot signal exchange proxy, ethernet extension-seven port switch (option), ABB ability™ connected services, and main computer.
For the robot signal exchange proxy:
• K2.X8 - A2.X6
• (option): K2.X2 - K4.X8, A2.X1
• K2.X12 - A2.K3.X6, A2.K3.X7
• K2.X10 - A1.X13
• K2.X21 - TempSensor (G3.TEMP)
• K2.X4 - A1.X9
• K2.X3 - K6.X1, A2.K3.X1, K5.1.X4,
K7.X1
• K2.X1 - T2.X2
• K2.X17 - G3.X1, G1.X2
• K2.X6, K2.X11 - A1.X2
• K2.X7, K2.X22 - Harn. LV robot power (X1)
• K2.X9 & X13 - FlexPendant (X4)
For the Ethernet extension switch (option):
• K2.X2 - K4.X8, A2.X1
• K4.X7 - K5.1.X5
• K4.X6 - A2.X4
For the Connected Services Gateway:
• K7.X1 - K2.X3
i
• K7.X2 - A2.X5
Note
The connector K7.X2 is locked; grab the connector, push it in to release it and then remove the connector.
xx1900001877
Continues on next page
132
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
3 Installation and commissioning
3.7.6 Installing the fieldbus master
Continued
Action
For the main computer:
• A2.X3 - X24
• K2.X8 - A2.X6
• K2.X2 - K4.X8, A2.X1
• K2.X12 - A2.K3.X6, A2.K3.X7
• K6.X2 - A2.X9
• A2.X5 - K7.X2
• A2.X4 - K4.X6/K5.1.X5
Note/Illustration
Note
If the Ethernet extension switch is installed, connect and disconnect the connector A2.X4 to/from
K4.X6.
If the Ethernet extension switch is not installed, connect and disconnect the connector A2.X4 to/from
K5.1.X5.
Concluding procedure i
For Connected Services Gateway wired, there is no power cable.
1
2
Action
Close the door.
Perform the function tests to verify that the safety features work properly, see
Note/Illustration
.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
133
3 Installation and commissioning
3.7.7 Installing the conveyor tracking module
3.7.7 Installing the conveyor tracking module
Overview
The conveyor tracking module uses network communication to share conveyor speed and position data with one or more robot controllers. It contains a WAN port, which is used to connect to the robot controllers and two LAN ports that can be used for installation and service purposes.
xx1800000941
Required parts
Note
The spare part numbers that are listed in the table can be out of date. See the latest spare parts of the OmniCore C90XT via myABB Business Portal, www.abb.com/myABB .
Spare part Article number
Conveyor tracking module [3103-
1]
CONNECTOR KIT - DSQC2000
3HNA027579-001
3HNA029345-001
Note
DSQC2000
Required tools and equipment
Equipment
Standard toolkit -
Article number Note
Content is defined in section
Standard toolkit for controller on page 417
.
ESD protective wrist band -
Continues on next page
134
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
3 Installation and commissioning
3.7.7 Installing the conveyor tracking module
Continued
Required documents
Document Article number
Circuit diagram - OmniCore C90XT 3HAC065464-009
Application manual - Conveyor tracking
3HAC066561-001
Note
Installing the conveyor tracking module
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
3 Open the door.
xx1900001446
.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
135
3 Installation and commissioning
3.7.7 Installing the conveyor tracking module
Continued
4
Action
Fit the conveyor tracking module and push the lower part until you hear a clear clicking sound.
Note/Illustration xx1900001913
136 xx1900001912
7
8
5
6
Connect:
• B1.X1 - K2.X19.1, K2.X19.2(Power cable)
• B1.X7 - K4.X1-5 (Ethernet cable)
Connect wires to the input and output connectors as required.
Close the door.
See Application manual - Conveyor tracking .
.
Perform the function tests to verify that the safety features work properly, see
For more information about the option Conveyor Tracking , see Application manual - Conveyor tracking .
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
3 Installation and commissioning
3.7.8 Installing the cable grommet assembly
3.7.8 Installing the cable grommet assembly
Location
The illustration shows the location of the cable grommet assembly on the controller.
xx1900001480
Note
The end user need to buy proper grommets according to the diameter of the cables which need to go through the grommet.
This will affect the protection level of the cabinet if it's not executed correctly.
It is recommended to use icotek KT grommet.
Required spare parts
Note
The spare part numbers that are listed in the table can be out of date. See the latest spare parts of the OmniCore C90XT via myABB Business Portal, www.abb.com/myABB .
Spare part
Cable grommet asm
Article number
3HAC066396-001
Note
Continues on next page
137 Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
3 Installation and commissioning
3.7.8 Installing the cable grommet assembly
Continued
Required tools and equipment
Equipment
Standard toolkit -
Article number Note
Content is defined in section
Standard toolkit for controller on page 417
.
ESD protective wrist band -
Required documents
Document Article number
Circuit diagram - OmniCore C90XT 3HAC065464-009
Note
Installing cables with the cable grommet assembly
Preparations
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2
3
Open the door.
.
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
xx1900001446
Continues on next page
138
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
3 Installation and commissioning
3.7.8 Installing the cable grommet assembly
Continued
Removing the slot cover (baseline)
1
Action
Remove the attachment screws.
Note/Illustration
2 Take out the cover from the inside of the controller.
xx1900002444
Refitting the cable grommet assembly
Refitting the cables to the cable grommet assembly
1
Action
Insert and equip the cable to the corresponding KT grommet.
Note/Illustration xx1900002337
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
139
3 Installation and commissioning
3.7.8 Installing the cable grommet assembly
Continued
2
Action
Slide the grommets into the frame halves.
Note/Illustration
Note
It must be ensured that the flat side of the grommets in the lower row are pointing to the open side of the frame half (flat sides pointing upwards).
Note
The fl at side of the grommets in the upper row have to point downwards so that all flat sides rest on each other. When using single row frames the fl at side has to point towards the cover strip.
xx1900002336
3 Refit the cover strip onto the frame.
xx1900002335
4 Secure the frame and cover strip with the screws.
Screws: Hex socket head cap screw M5x50
12.9 Gleitmo 603+Geomet 500 (3 pcs)
Tightening torque: 2 Nm - 3 Nm.
Continues on next page
140 xx1900002334
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
3 Installation and commissioning
3.7.8 Installing the cable grommet assembly
Continued
5
Action
Route the cables through the cut-out.
Note/Illustration xx1900002333
6 Refit the cable entry frame to the enclosure wall and secure with the screws.
Screws: Torx pan head screw M4x8 (4 pcs)
Tightening torque: 1.5 Nm.
xx1900002332
Refitting the cable grommet assembly
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
141
3 Installation and commissioning
3.7.8 Installing the cable grommet assembly
Continued
2
Action Note/Illustration
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
xx1900001446
3 Insert the cable grommet assembly into the cover of the cabinet.
Secure it with the screws.
Screws: Torx pan head screw M4x8 (4 pcs) xx1900002340
Concluding procedure
1
2
Action
Close the door.
Perform the function tests to verify that the safety features work properly, see
Note/Illustration
.
142
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
3 Installation and commissioning
3.7.9 Installing the filter
3.7.9 Installing the filter
Location
The illustration shows the location of the air filter on the controller.
xx1900001473
Required spare parts
Note
The spare part numbers that are listed in the table can be out of date. See the latest spare parts of the OmniCore C90XT via myABB Business Portal, www.abb.com/myABB .
Note Spare part
Air filter-coarse filter
Air filter-Fine filter
Air filter (Polymeric)
Article number
3HAC068415-001
3HAC068416-001
3HAC068543-001 Filter element of fine filter
Required tools and equipment
Equipment
Standard toolkit -
Article number Note
Content is defined in section
Standard toolkit for controller on page 417
.
ESD protective wrist band -
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
143
3 Installation and commissioning
3.7.9 Installing the filter
Continued
Required documents
Document Article number
Circuit diagram - OmniCore C90XT 3HAC065464-009
Note
Installing the air filter
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
2 Fit the air filter to the cabinet.
Secure it with the screws.
Note/Illustration
3 Perform the function tests to verify that the safety features work properly, see
xx1900001492
144
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
3 Installation and commissioning
3.8.1 Installing the extension box
3.8 Installing add-on devices
3.8.1 Installing the extension box
General
As an option an empty extension box can be purchased, to use for custom equipment. The extension box can be installed on the basic box or anywhere else as a standalone equipment.
xx1900001453
Note
Connect PE19 as grounding for the extension box in any use case.
Required equipment
Equipment
Standard toolkit
Information
See
Standard toolkit for controller on page 417 .
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
145
3 Installation and commissioning
3.8.1 Installing the extension box
Continued
Specifications
It is recommended to use multicore cable for the customer connection.
The following describes the cable requirements for the X106 connection in the extension box.
Component
Cable type
Cable area
Description
Flexible oil resistant rubber
4C x 0.5 mm
2 or AWG20
Included parts
The following parts are included in the delivery when the extension box is selected.
Part
Connector for X106
Order number
3HAC074661-001
Quantity
1
Procedure
1
2
Use this procedure to stack an extension box to a basic box.
3
Action
Place the controller in desired place.
Fix the basic box to a concrete foundation or steel platform with anchor bolts.
Info/illustration
Anchor bolts: M8 X 4
Tighten torque: 11.3 Nm-12.6 Nm
Remove the four plastic screw.
xx1900001450
Continues on next page
146
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
3 Installation and commissioning
3.8.1 Installing the extension box
Continued
4
Action
Assemble the hexalobular socket pan head screws onto the cabinet.
Info/illustration
5 Place the extension box upright the basic box with lifting accessory. Lock them with screws.
xx1900001451
6 Open the door of the extension box.
xx1900001452
Opening the door on page 174 .
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
147
3 Installation and commissioning
3.8.1 Installing the extension box
Continued
7
Action
Fit the connector (3HAC074661-001) for
X106.
Info/illustration
8 Connect through the cable grommet:
• PE19
• X106 xx2000000690
1 24 V
2 0 V
3 24 V
4 0 V
How to insert cable through cable grommet, see
Releasing the cables from the cable grommet assembly on page 314
and
Refitting the cables to the cable grommet assembly on page 317 .
xx2000000446 xx2000000689
Continues on next page
148
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
3 Installation and commissioning
3.8.1 Installing the extension box
Continued
9
Action
Install the equipment to the extension box according to your requirements.
Info/illustration
WARNING
ABB only offers the extension box as an encapsulation for customer installing external devices.
It is the system builder's responsibly to ensure the complacence with electrical safety, for example the Low Voltage Directive.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
149
3 Installation and commissioning
3.8.2 Installing the conveyor tracking module to extension box
3.8.2 Installing the conveyor tracking module to extension box
Overview
The conveyor tracking module uses network communication to share conveyor speed and position data with one or more robot controllers. It contains a WAN port, which is used to connect to the robot controllers and two LAN ports that can be used for installation and service purposes.
xx1800000941
Required parts
Note
The spare part numbers that are listed in the table can be out of date. See the latest spare parts of the OmniCore C90XT via myABB Business Portal, www.abb.com/myABB .
Spare part Article number
Conveyor tracking module [3103-
1]
CONNECTOR KIT - DSQC2000
3HNA027579-001
3HNA029345-001
Note
DSQC2000
Required tools and equipment
Equipment
Standard toolkit -
Article number Note
Content is defined in section
Standard toolkit for controller on page 417
.
ESD protective wrist band -
Continues on next page
150
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
3 Installation and commissioning
3.8.2 Installing the conveyor tracking module to extension box
Continued
Required documents
Document Article number
Circuit diagram - OmniCore C90XT 3HAC065464-009
Application manual - Conveyor tracking
3HAC066561-001
Note
Installing the conveyor tracking module
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
3
4
Open the door of the extension box.
Fit the conveyor tracking module by snapping it onto the mounting rail .
xx1900001446
.
xx1900001913
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
151
3 Installation and commissioning
3.8.2 Installing the conveyor tracking module to extension box
Continued
8
9
5
6
7
Action Note/Illustration
Connect the 24V power supply to the conveyor tracking module from the basic box or other power supply.
How to insert cable through cable grommet, see
Releasing the cables from the cable grommet assembly on page 314
and
Refitting the cables to the cable grommet assembly on page 317
.
Connected to Ethernet through the cable grommet:
• B1.X7 - K4.X1-5
Connect wires to the input and output connectors as required.
For details on connecting wires to the conveyor tracking module, see Application manual - Conveyor tracking .
Close the door.
Perform the function tests to verify that the safety features work properly, see
.
For more information about the option Conveyor Tracking , see Application manual - Conveyor tracking .
152
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
3 Installation and commissioning
3.9 Installing external devices
3.9 Installing external devices
General
WARNING
Only LVD
1 equipments can be installed on the door of the controller.
WARNING
ABB only offers the extension box as an encapsulation for customer installing external devices.
It is the system builder's responsibly to ensure the complacence with electrical safety, for example the Low Voltage Directive.
1
Low Voltage Directive
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
153
3 Installation and commissioning
3.10 Initial test before commissioning
3.10 Initial test before commissioning
Function tests
When the installation is complete, perform the function tests in section
to verify that the safety features work properly.
154
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
4 Maintenance
4.1 Maintenance schedule, OmniCore
4 Maintenance
4.1 Maintenance schedule, OmniCore
General
The controller must be maintained at regular intervals to ensure its function. The activities and intervals are described in this section.
Activities and intervals
Equipment
Complete controller
Air filter
Air filter
System fans
Maintenance activity
Inspection
Cleaning
Replacement
Inspection
Interval
12 months
24 months *
6 months
i
Detailed in section:
Inspecting the OmniCore C90XT controller on page 156
Cleaning air filter on page 157
Replacement of air filter on page 162
Inspecting the OmniCore C90XT controller on page 156
Control cabinet
FlexPendant
Cleaning
Cleaning
Emergency stop
(FlexPendant)
Function test
Manual, auto and manual full speed mode with FlexPendant
Function test
Enable device Function test
When needed
12 months
12 months
Cleaning of the controller cabinet on page 159
Cleaning the FlexPendant on page 160
Function test of emergency stop on page 165
Function test of manual, auto, and manual full speed mode with Flex-
Contactors A1.Q1
and A1.Q2
Function test
12 months
12 months
Function test of three-position enabling device on page 167
Function test of contactors A1.Q1
and A1.Q2 inside the power unit on page 168
Function test of auto stop on page 169
Auto stop (tested if used)
Function test 12 months
External emergency stop (tested if used)
Function test
ESTOP_STATUS output (tested if used)
Function test
12 months
12 months
Function test of external emergency stop on page 170
Function test of ESTOP_STATUS output on page 171
i
Reduced speed control
Function test During commissioning
Function test of reduced speed control on page 172
.
The interval depends on the working environment of the equipment: a cleaner environment may extend the maintenance interval and vice versa.
Function test after replacement of component
After replacing a component in the controller, the function tests should be performed. See
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
155
4 Maintenance
4.2.1 Inspection of controller
4.2 Inspection activities
4.2.1 Inspection of controller
Inspecting the OmniCore C90XT controller
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/illustration
2
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
3
4
5
Inspect connectors and cabling to make sure they are securely fastened and cabling not damaged.
Inspect the fans and ventilation holes to make sure they are clean.
After inspection: Temporarily turn the power supply on. Inspect the fans to make sure they function correctly. Switch the power off.
xx1900001446
156
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
4.3 Cleaning activities
4.3.1 Cleaning air filter
Location
The air filter is located as shown in the illustration below.
4 Maintenance
4.3.1 Cleaning air filter xx1900001473
Required equipment
Equipment
Cleaning agent
Compressed air
Note
Water 30-40°C with cleansing liquid or detergent.
Cleaning
3
4
The procedure below details how to clean the moist dust filter.
1
2
Action
Remove the air filter.
Note/Illustration
How to remove the air filter is detailed in section
Replacing the air filter on page 284 .
If a fine filter is used, remove the polymeric filter element first.
Clean the filter three or four times.
Allow the filter to dry in one of these ways:
• Lying flat on a flat surface
• Blow with compressed air in opposite direction of filter airflow.
Note
Do not wring the filter to press out water.
5 If a fine filter us used, refit a new polymeric filter element to the filter.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
Continues on next page
157
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
4 Maintenance
4.3.1 Cleaning air filter
Continued
6
Action
Refit the air filter.
Note/Illustration
158
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
4 Maintenance
4.3.2 Cleaning of the controller cabinet
4.3.2 Cleaning of the controller cabinet
Required equipment
Equipment, etc.
Vacuum cleaner
Note
ESD protected
Cleaning considerations
This section specifies some special considerations when cleaning the controller.
• Always use ESD protection.
• Always use cleaning equipment as specified above. Any other cleaning equipment may shorten the life of paint work, rust inhibitors, signs, or labels.
• Always make sure that all protective covers are fitted to the controller before cleaning.
• Never remove any covers or other protective devices when cleaning the outside of the controller.
• Never use compressed air or spray with a high pressure cleaner.
• Never leave the door open when cleaning the exterior.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
159
4 Maintenance
4.3.3 Cleaning the FlexPendant
4.3.3 Cleaning the FlexPendant
Location
The surfaces to clean are shown in the illustration below.
A B xx1800000128
A
B
Touch screen
Hard buttons
Required equipment
Equipment, etc.
Soft cloth
Water/Mild cleaning agent
Note
ESD protected
Clean the touch screen
This section describes how to clean the touch screen.
1
2
3
4
Action
Lock the screen.
It is safe to clean the FlexPendant when the Lock screen appears.
Clean the touch screen and hardware buttons using a soft cloth and water or a mild cleaning agent.
Unlock the screen, by tapping the buttons.
Info/Illustration
Cleaning considerations
The section below specifies some special considerations when cleaning the
FlexPendant:
• Use ESD Protection
• Use cleaning equipment as specified above. Any other cleaning equipment may shorten the life time of the touch screen.
• Check that all protective covers are fitted to the device before cleaning.
• Make sure that no foreign objects or liquids can penetrate into the device.
Continues on next page
160 Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
4 Maintenance
4.3.3 Cleaning the FlexPendant
Continued
• Do not remove any covers before cleaning the FlexPendant.
• Do not spray with a high pressure cleaner.
• Do not clean the device, operating panel and operating elements with compressed air, solvents, scouring agent or scrubbing sponges.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
161
4 Maintenance
4.4.1 Replacement of air filter
4.4 Changing/replacing activities
4.4.1 Replacement of air filter
Location
The air filter is located as shown in the illustration below.
xx1900001473
Required equipment
Equipment
Air filter
Note
Other tools and procedures may be required.
See references to these procedures in the stepby-step instructions below.
These procedures include references to the tools required.
Removing the air filter
Preparations
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
Continues on next page
162
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
4 Maintenance
4.4.1 Replacement of air filter
Continued
Removing the air filter
1
Action
Loosen the attachment screws on the air filter.
Note/Illustration
2 Remove the air filter.
xx1900001491 xx1900001492
Removing the polymeric filter element
1
Action
Take out the polymeric filter element from the filter.
Note/Illustration xx2000000421
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
163
4 Maintenance
4.4.1 Replacement of air filter
Continued
Refitting the air filter
Refitting the polymeric filter element
1
Action
Insert the polymeric filter element to the filter and secure with the metallic line.
Note/Illustration xx2000000421
Refitting the air filter
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
2 Refit the air filter to the cabinet.
Secure it with the screws.
Note/Illustration xx1900001492
Concluding procedure
1
Action
Perform the function tests to verify that the safety features work properly, see
Note/Illustration
164
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
4 Maintenance
4.5.1 Function test of emergency stop
4.5 Function tests
4.5.1 Function test of emergency stop
Overview
Perform this test on the FlexPendant emergency stop button.
Performing the function test
1
2
3
4
Action Note
Make a visual inspection of the emergency stop button to make sure it is not physically damaged.
If any damage is found on the emergency stop button, it must be replaced.
Pull and rotate the emergency stop button clockwise to verify that it is not pressed in.
Start the robot system.
Press the emergency stop button.
Note
The test is passed if the event message
10013 Emergency stop state appears in the event log.
If the event message 20223 Emergency stop conflict appears in the event log, or the event message 10013 Emergency stop state (and 90518 Safety controller Emergency stop triggered for collaborative robots) does not appear, then the test has failed and the root cause of the failure must be found.
Note
For collaborative robots, the event message 90518 Safety controller Emergency stop triggered appears by default. The message 10013 Emergency stop state is also available in the event log.
5 Release the emergency stop button to reset the emergency stop state.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
165
4 Maintenance
4.5.2 Function test of manual, auto, and manual full speed mode with FlexPendant
4.5.2 Function test of manual, auto, and manual full speed mode with FlexPendant
Overview
Perform this function test to change the mode on the FlexPendant using the following operation:
• Status bar > Common Settings > Operating Mode (Auto/Manual/Man FS) .
For more detailed information, see Operating manual - OmniCore , 3HAC065036-001 .
Performing the function test
1
2
3
4
Action Note
Start the robot system.
Change to Automatic operating mode and
Motors ON state, and then run the robot in auto mode.
This test is passed if it is possible to run the robot program in auto mode.
If it is not possible to run the robot program, this test is failed and the root cause of the failure must be found.
Change to Manual operating mode and
Motors ON state, and then run the robot in manual mode.
This test is passed if it is possible to run the robot program in manual mode.
If it is not possible to run the robot program, this test is failed and the root cause of the failure must be found.
Change to Manual Full Speed mode and
Motors ON state, and then run the robot in manual full speed mode.
Note
This test is passed if it is possible to run the robot program in manual full speed mode.
If it is not possible to run the robot program, this test is failed and the root cause of the failure must be found.
Manual full speed mode is not available in
USA or Canada.
166
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
4 Maintenance
4.5.3 Function test of three-position enabling device
4.5.3 Function test of three-position enabling device
Performing the function test
1
2
3
Action Note
Start the robot system and turn the mode switch to manual mode.
Press the three-position enabling device to the middle position and then hold the enabling device in this position.
This test is passed if the event message
10011 Motors ON state appears in the event log.
If the event message 10011 Motors ON state does not appear, or if the event message 20224 Enabling device conflict appears in the event log, then the test has failed and the root cause of the failure must be found.
While still holding the three-position enabling device pressed, press the enabling device harder to the enable the device's third position.
This test is passed if the event message
10012 safety guard stop state appears in the event log.
If the event message 10012 Safety guard stop state does not appear, or if the event message 20224 Enabling device conflict appears in the event log, then the test has failed and the root cause of the failure must be found.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
167
4 Maintenance
4.5.4 Function test of contactors A1.Q1 and A1.Q2 inside the power unit
4.5.4 Function test of contactors A1.Q1 and A1.Q2 inside the power unit
Performing the motor function test
1
2
3
Action Note
Start the robot system and change the operating mode to manual.
Press the three-position enabling device to the middle position and then hold the enabling device in this position.
This test is passed if the event message
10011 Motors ON state appears in the event log.
If the event message 37001 Motor on activation error appears in the event log, then the test has failed and the root cause of the failure must be found.
Release the three-position enabling device.
This test is passed if the event message
10012 Safety guard stop state appears in the event log.
If the event message 20227 Motor contactor conflict appears in the event log, then the test has failed and the root cause of the failure must be found.
Performing the brake function test
1
2
3
Action
Start the robot system and change the operating mode to manual.
Note
Press the three-position enabling device to the middle position and then hold the enabling device in this position.
While having eye contact with the manipulator, move the joystick slightly in any direction to disengage the brakes.
This test is passed if the brakes are disengaged and the manipulator can be moved.
If the event message 50056 Joint collision appears in the event log, then the test has failed and the root cause of the failure must be found.
Release the three-position enabling device to engage the brakes.
This test is passed if the event message
10012 Safety guard stop state appears in the event log.
If the event message 37101 Brake failure appears in the event log, then the test has failed and the root cause of the failure must be found.
168
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
4 Maintenance
4.5.5 Function test of auto stop
4.5.5 Function test of auto stop
Performing the function test
1
2
Action Note
Start the robot system and change the operating mode to auto mode.
Activate the auto stop, for example by opening the connected robot cell door, which has interlock connection with auto stop.
The test is passed if the event message
20205 Auto stop open appears in the event log.
If the event message 20205 Auto stop open does not appear or if the event message 20225 Auto stop conflict appears in the event log, then the test has failed and the root cause of the failure must be found.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
169
4 Maintenance
4.5.6 Function test of external emergency stop
4.5.6 Function test of external emergency stop
Overview
Perform this test on the external emergency stop device.
Performing the function test
1
2
Action Note
Make a visual inspection of the external emergency stop device and the connection harness to make sure they are not physically damaged.
If any damage is found on the external emergency stop device or the connection harness, it must be replaced.
Pull and rotate the button on the external emergency stop device clockwise to verify that it is not pressed in.
Note
If the external emergency stop device is not controlled by a push-button, make sure to verify that it is not activated.
3
4
Start the robot system.
Press the emergency stop button.
The test is passed if the event message
10013 Emergency stop state appears in the event log.
Note
If the event message 20223 Emergency stop conflict appears in the event log, or the event message 10013 Emergency stop state (and 90518 Safety controller Emergency stop triggered for collaborative robots) does not appear, then the test has failed and the root cause of the failure must be found.
Note
For collaborative robots, the event message 90518 Safety controller Emergency stop triggered appears by default. The message 10013 Emergency stop state is also available in the event log.
5 Release the external emergency stop device to reset the external emergency stop state.
170
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
4 Maintenance
4.5.7 Function test of ESTOP_STATUS output
4.5.7 Function test of ESTOP_STATUS output
Overview
Perform this test on the FlexPendant emergency stop button or the external emergency stop device, with the accessory device.
Performing the function test
1
2
Action Note
Make a visual inspection of the emergency stop button, external emergency stop device, accessory device and the connection harness to make sure they are not physically damaged.
If any damage is found, it must be replaced.
Pull and rotate the emergency stop button clockwise to verify that it is not pressed in.
Note
If the external emergency stop device is not controlled by a push-button, make sure to verify that it is not activated.
3
4
Start the robot system.
Press the emergency stop button.
The test is passed if the event message
10013 Emergency stop state appears in the event log.
Note
If the event message 20223 Emergency stop conflict appears in the event log, or the event message 10013 Emergency stop state (and 90518 Safety controller Emergency stop triggered for collaborative robots) does not appear, then the test has failed and the root cause of the failure must be found.
Note
For collaborative robots, the event message 90518 Safety controller Emergency stop triggered appears by default. The message 10013 Emergency stop state is also available in the event log.
5
6
7
Make sure that the accessory device is in emergence stop status.
Release the emergency stop button or the external emergency stop device to reset the emergency stop state.
Make sure that the accessory device is not in emergence stop status any more and can be reset.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
171
4 Maintenance
4.5.8 Function test of reduced speed control
4.5.8 Function test of reduced speed control
Performing the function test
1
2
3
Action
Start the program in manual mode and measure the time it takes for the robot to travel the distance.
Note
Start the robot system and change the operating mode to manual.
Create a test program where the robot moves along a known distance with a programmed speed higher than 250 mm/s.
The distance and speed must be adapted to the current installation and robot model.
This test is passed if the speed of the robot does not exceed 250 mm/s, otherwise the test is failed and the root cause of the failure must be found.
Tip
To get accurate results, use sensors or I/O signals to measure the time.
172
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.1 Introduction to repair
5 Repair
5.1 Introduction to repair
Structure of this chapter
This chapter describes all repair activities recommended for the OmniCore C90XT and any external unit.
It is made up of separate procedures, each describing a specific repair activity.
Each procedure contains all the information required to perform the activity, for example spare parts numbers, required special tools, and materials.
All procedures assume that the controller is easy to access from all sides and that no additional covers or equipment are fitted.
WARNING
Repair activities not described in this chapter must only be carried out by ABB.
Otherwise damage to the mechanics and electronics may occur.
Required equipment
The details of the equipment required to perform a specific repair activity are listed in the respective procedures.
Safety information
There are general safety information and specific safety information. The specific safety information describes the danger and safety risks while performing specific steps in a procedure. Make sure to read through the chapter
before commencing any service work.
WARNING
Wait at least three minutes after powering off the controller before opening it and at least fifteen minutes until all LED indicators are off before replacing modules.
Note
When replacing a part on the OmniCore C90XT, report to your local ABB the serial number, the article number, and the revision of both the replaced unit and the replacement unit.
This is particularly important for safety equipment to maintain the safety integrity of the installation.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
173
5 Repair
5.2.1 Opening the robot controller
5.2 Replacement of controller parts
5.2.1 Opening the robot controller
Required tools and equipment
Equipment
Standard toolkit -
Article number Note
Content is defined in section
Standard toolkit for controller on page 417
.
ESD protective wrist band -
Required documents
Document Article number
Circuit diagram - OmniCore C90XT 3HAC065464-009
Note
Opening the door
Preparations
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Info/illustration
Opening the door
1
2
3
Action
Insert the key to the door and turn it anticlockwise.
Info/illustration
Pull out the handle and turn it anti-clockwise.
Pull out the door with the handle.
Closing the door
Closing the door
1
2
3
Action
Push the door back.
Turn the handle clockwise and push it back into the lock.
Turn the key back and take it out.
Info/illustration
174
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.2 Replacing the axis computer
5.2.2 Replacing the axis computer
Location
The illustration shows the location of the axis computer in the controller.
xx1900001462
Required spare parts
Note
The spare part numbers that are listed in the table can be out of date. See the latest spare parts of the OmniCore C90XT via myABB Business Portal, www.abb.com/myABB .
Spare part
Axis Computer
Article number
3HAC029157-001
Note
DSQC 668
Required tools and equipment
Equipment
Standard toolkit -
Article number Note
Content is defined in section
Standard toolkit for controller on page 417
.
ESD protective wrist band -
Required documents
Document Article number
Circuit diagram - OmniCore C90XT 3HAC065464-009
Note
Continues on next page
175 Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
5 Repair
5.2.2 Replacing the axis computer
Continued
Removing the axis computer
Preparations
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2
3
Open the door.
.
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
xx1900001446
Removing the axis computer from the cabinet
1
2
Action
Disconnect:
• K6.X11 - A1.X3
• K6.X2 - A2.X9
• K6.X1 - K2.X3.
Loosen the screw and disconnect:
• K6.X4, K6.X5 - SMB.
Note/Illustration
Continues on next page
176
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.2 Replacing the axis computer
Continued
3
Action
Remove the screws on the bracket.
Note/Illustration
4 Take out the axis computer with the bracket from the cabinet.
Tip
Be careful with the locking hole on the cabinet when doing assembling or disassembling work.
xx1900001484 xx1900001485 xx1900001486
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
177
5 Repair
5.2.2 Replacing the axis computer
Continued
Removing the axis computer
1
Action
Remove the bracket screws.
Note/Illustration xx1900001487
2 Remove the axis computer.
Refitting the axis computer
Refitting the axis computer
1
Action
Refit the axis computer to the bracket and secure the screws.
Note/Illustration
Screws: Torx pan head screw M4x8 (4 pcs) xx1900001487
Refitting the axis computer to the frame
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
Continues on next page
178
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.2 Replacing the axis computer
Continued
2
Action Note/Illustration
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
xx1900001446
3 Fit the axis computer bracket and secure the screws.
Screws: Torx pan head screw M4x8 (4 pcs) xx1900001486 xx1900001484
4 Reconnect:
• K6.X11 - A1.X3
• K6.X2 - A2.X9
• K6.X1 - K2.X3
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
179
5 Repair
5.2.2 Replacing the axis computer
Continued
Concluding procedure
5
Action
Reconnect and secure the screw:
• K6.X4, K6.X5 - SMB.
1
2
Note/Illustration
Action
Close the door.
Perform the function tests to verify that the safety features work properly, see
Note/Illustration
.
180
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.3 Replacing the fans
5.2.3 Replacing the fans
Location
The illustration shows the location of the fans in the controller.
xx1900001463
Required spare parts
Note
The spare part numbers that are listed in the table can be out of date. See the latest spare parts of the OmniCore C90XT via myABB Business Portal, www.abb.com/myABB .
Note Spare part
Standard fan
Heat exchanger
Article number
3HAC059214-001
3HAC065526-001
Required tools and equipment
Equipment
Standard toolkit -
Article number Note
Content is defined in section
Standard toolkit for controller on page 417
.
ESD protective wrist band -
Required documents
Document Article number
Circuit diagram - OmniCore C90XT 3HAC065464-009
Note
Continues on next page
181 Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
5 Repair
5.2.3.1.1 Replacing the standard fan
5.2.3.1 Replacing the standard fans
5.2.3.1.1 Replacing the standard fan
Removing the standard fan
Preparations
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2
3
Open the door.
.
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
xx1900001446
Removing the standard fan
1
2
Action
Disconnect standard fan:
• G1.X2-K2.X17
Remove the fan bracket screws.
Note/Illustration
Continues on next page
182 xx1900001488
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.3.1.1 Replacing the standard fan
Continued
3
Action
Take out the fan with the bracket.
Removing the standard fan from the bracket
1
2
Action
Remove the screws on the fan to the bracket.
Remove the fan from the bracket.
Note/Illustration
Note/Illustration
Tip
Be careful with the locking hole on the cabinet when doing assembling or disassembling work.
xx1900001498 xx1900001489
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
183
5 Repair
5.2.3.1.1 Replacing the standard fan
Continued
Refitting the standard fan
Refitting the standard fan to the bracket
1
Action
Refit the standard fan to the bracket.
Tip
Be careful with the locking hole on the cabinet when doing assembling or disassembling work.
Note/Illustration
Screws: Torx pan head screw M4x8 (4 pcs) xx1900001498
2 Secure the screws.
xx1900001489
Refitting the standard fan
Action Note/Illustration
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
2
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
Continues on next page
184 xx1900001446
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.3.1.1 Replacing the standard fan
Continued
3
4
Action
Refit the standard fan with the bracket into position according to the location pin.
Secure the screws.
Note/Illustration
Screws: Torx pan head screw M4x8 (2 pcs) xx1900001488
5 Reconnect:
• G1.X2-K2.X17
Concluding procedure
1
2
Action
Close the door.
Perform the function tests to verify that the safety features work properly, see
Note/Illustration
.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
185
5 Repair
5.2.3.2 Replacing the heat exchanger
5.2.3.2 Replacing the heat exchanger
Removing the heat exchanger
Preparations
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2
3
Open the door.
.
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
xx1900001446
Removing the air filter
1
Action
Loosen the attachment screws on the air filter.
Note/Illustration xx1900001491
Continues on next page
186
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
2
Action
Remove the air filter.
5 Repair
5.2.3.2 Replacing the heat exchanger
Continued
Note/Illustration xx1900001492
Removing the heat exchanger
1
2
Action
Disconnect heat exchanger:
• G3.X1-K2.X17
Remove the screws locking the sensor and pull out the sensor.
Note/Illustration xx1900001490
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
187
5 Repair
5.2.3.2 Replacing the heat exchanger
Continued
3
Action
Remove the heat exchanger attachment screws.
Note/Illustration xx1900001493
4 Take out the heat exchanger.
Refitting the heat exchanger
Refitting the heat exchanger
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
Continues on next page
188
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.3.2 Replacing the heat exchanger
Continued
2
Action Note/Illustration
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
3 Refit the heat exchanger into position according to the location pin.
xx1900001446 xx1900001494
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
189
5 Repair
5.2.3.2 Replacing the heat exchanger
Continued
4
Action
Secure the attachment screws.
Note/Illustration
Screws: Torx, countersunk screw M4x10 (10 pcs) xx1900001493
5
6
Reconnect:
• G3.X1-K2.X17
Refit the sensor cable and secure with screws.
Screws: Torx pan head screw M4x8 (2 pcs) xx1900001490
Continues on next page
190
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.3.2 Replacing the heat exchanger
Continued
Refitting the air filter
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
2 Refit the air filter to the cabinet.
Secure it with the screws.
Note/Illustration xx1900001492
Concluding procedure
1
2
Action
Close the door.
Perform the function tests to verify that the safety features work properly, see
Note/Illustration
.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
191
5 Repair
5.2.4 Replacing the robot signal exchange proxy
5.2.4 Replacing the robot signal exchange proxy
Location
The illustration shows the location of the robot signal exchange proxy in the controller.
xx1900001464
Required spare parts
Note
The spare part numbers that are listed in the table can be out of date. See the latest spare parts of the OmniCore C90XT via myABB Business Portal, www.abb.com/myABB .
Spare part
Signal exchange
Harness Short-circuit connector
Article number
3HAC064662-001
3HAC065107-001
Harness 24_PC
Harness dual channel safety
3HAC064091-001
3HAC059273-001
Note
DSQC3037
Mating connector for robot signal exchange proxy.
Harness K2.X2 - K4.X8, A2.X1
Harness K2.X12 - K3.X6, K3.X7
Continues on next page
192
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.4 Replacing the robot signal exchange proxy
Continued
WARNING
NEVER open the robot signal exchange proxy.
There is residual voltage in the robot signal exchange proxy even the controller is power off in a short time.
Required tools and equipment
Equipment
Standard toolkit -
Article number Note
Content is defined in section
Standard toolkit for controller on page 417
.
ESD protective wrist band -
Required documents
Document Article number
Circuit diagram - OmniCore C90XT 3HAC065464-009
Note
Removing the robot signal exchange proxy
Preparations
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2
3
Open the door.
.
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
xx1900001446
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
193
5 Repair
5.2.4 Replacing the robot signal exchange proxy
Continued
Removing the robot signal exchange proxy
1
2
Action
Disconnect:
• K2.X8 - A2.X6
• (option): K2.X2 - K4.X8, A2.X1
• K2.X12 - A2.K3.X6, A2.K3.X7
• K2.X10 - A1.X13
• K2.X21 - TempSensor (G3.TEMP)
• K2.X4 - A1.X9
• K2.X3 - K6.X1, A2.K3.X1, K5.1.X4,
K7.X1
• K2.X1 - T2.X2
• K2.X17 - G3.X1, G1.X2
• K2.X6, K2.X11 - A1.X2
• K2.X7, K2.X22 - Harn. LV robot power (X1)
• K2.X9 & X13 - FlexPendant (X4)
Remove the mating connectors by loosening their attachment screws.
Note/Illustration
3 Pull the cable ties out from the locking holes.
xx1900002339 xx1900001495
Continues on next page
194
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.4 Replacing the robot signal exchange proxy
Continued
4
Action
Remove the screws and lift out the robot signal exchange proxy.
Note/Illustration xx1900001496
Refitting the robot signal exchange proxy
Refitting the robot signal exchange proxy
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
xx1900001446
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
195
5 Repair
5.2.4 Replacing the robot signal exchange proxy
Continued
3
Action Note/Illustration
Fit the robot signal exchange proxy and secure the screws.
Screws: Torx pan head screw M4x8 (4 pcs)
4 Insert the cable ties into the locking holes.
xx1900001496
5 Refit the mating connectors and secure their attachment screws.
xx1900001495 xx1900002339
Continues on next page
196
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.4 Replacing the robot signal exchange proxy
Continued
Concluding procedure
6
Action
Reconnect:
• K2.X8 - A2.X6
• (option): K2.X2 - K4.X8, A2.X1
• K2.X12 - A2.K3.X6, A2.K3.X7
• K2.X10 - A1.X13
• K2.X21 - TempSensor (G3.TEMP)
• K2.X4 - A1.X9
• K2.X3 - K6.X1, A2.K3.X1, K5.1.X4,
K7.X1
• K2.X1 - T2.X2
• K2.X17 - G3.X1, G1.X2
• K2.X6, K2.X11 - A1.X2
• K2.X7, K2.X22 - Harn. LV robot power (X1)
• K2.X9 & X13 - FlexPendant (X4)
Note/Illustration
1
2
Action
Close the door.
Perform the function tests to verify that the safety features work properly, see
Note/Illustration
.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
197
5 Repair
5.2.5 Replacing the Ethernet switch
5.2.5 Replacing the Ethernet switch
Location
The illustration shows the location of the Ethernet switch in the controller.
xx1900001465
Required spare parts
Note
The spare part numbers that are listed in the table can be out of date. See the latest spare parts of the OmniCore C90XT via myABB Business Portal, www.abb.com/myABB .
Spare part
Ethernet Extension switch [3014-
1]
Article number
3HAC059187-001
Note
DSQC1035
Continues on next page
198
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.5 Replacing the Ethernet switch
Continued
Required tools and equipment
Equipment
Standard toolkit -
Article number Note
Content is defined in section
Standard toolkit for controller on page 417
.
ESD protective wrist band -
Required documents
Document Article number
Circuit diagram - OmniCore C90XT 3HAC065464-009
Note
Removing the Ethernet extension switch (option)
Preparations
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2
3
Open the door.
.
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
Removing the Ethernet extension switch (option)
1
Action
Disconnect:
• K2.X2 - K4.X8, A2.X1
• K4.X7 - K5.1.X5
• K4.X6 - A2.X4
xx1900001446
Note/Illustration
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
199
5 Repair
5.2.5 Replacing the Ethernet switch
Continued
2
Action
Carefully pull the side of the Ethernet extension switch and rotate it tightly to take it out from the bracket.
Note/Illustration xx1900001499 xx1900002328
Refitting the Ethernet extension switch (option)
Refitting the Ethernet extension switch (option)
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
Continues on next page
200
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.5 Replacing the Ethernet switch
Continued
2
Action Note/Illustration
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
3 Hook up the Ethernet extension switch to the bracket and then push the switch into position.
Note
During the installation, there should be no gap between the upper surface of the
Ethernet extension switch and the lower surface of highest bracket on the main computer.
xx1900001446 xx1900002330 xx1800000972
Concluding procedure
4 Reconnect:
• K2.X2 - K4.X8, A2.X1
• K4.X7 - K5.1.X5
• K4.X6 - A2.X4
1
2
Action
Close the door.
Perform the function tests to verify that the safety features work properly, see
Note/Illustration
.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
201
5 Repair
5.2.6 Replacing the Connected Services Gateway
5.2.6 Replacing the Connected Services Gateway
Location
The illustration shows the location of the Connected Services Gateway in the controller. For the 3G variant, there is a sim card is located inside the unit.
xx1900001466
Required spare parts
Note
The spare part numbers that are listed in the table can be out of date. See the latest spare parts of the OmniCore C90XT via myABB Business Portal, www.abb.com/myABB .
Spare part
Connected Services-3G [3013-3]
Article number
3HAC060960-001
Magnetic roof antenna, 3G
Magnetic roof antenna, WiFi
3HAC028459-001
Connected Services-WiFi [3013-2] 3HAC060962-001
3HAC059424-001
Connected Services-Wired [3013-
1]
3HAC061701-001
Harness Ethernet with Mini-IO 3HAC061136-001
Note
DSQC1039
DSQC1040
DSQC1041
Harness A2.X5 - K7.X2
Continues on next page
202
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.6 Replacing the Connected Services Gateway
Continued
Required tools and equipment
Equipment
Standard toolkit -
Article number Note
Content is defined in section
Standard toolkit for controller on page 417
.
ESD protective wrist band -
Required documents
Document Article number
Circuit diagram - OmniCore C90XT 3HAC065464-009
Note
Removing the Connected Services Gateway
Preparations
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2
3
Open the door.
.
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
xx1900001446
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
203
5 Repair
5.2.6 Replacing the Connected Services Gateway
Continued
Disconnecting the antenna
1
Action
Disconnect the antenna cable from the
Connected Services Gateway by rotating the connector.
Note/Illustration xx1900001948
2
3
4
Record the cable routine when you remove the cable from the cabinet.
Take the cable out from the cable grommet.
Removing the cable grommet assembly on page 313 .
Remove the magnet part of the antenna from the top the cabinet.
xx1900001949
Removing the Connected Services Gateway
1
Action
Disconnect:
• K7.X1 - K2.X3
i
• K7.X2 - A2.X5
Note
The connector K7.X2 is locked; grab the connector, push it in to release it and then remove the connector.
Note/Illustration
Continues on next page
204
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.6 Replacing the Connected Services Gateway
Continued
2
Action
Carefully pull the side of the Connected
Services Gateway and rotate it tightly to take it out from the bracket.
Note/Illustration xx1900001500 xx1900002329 i
For Connected Services Gateway wired, there is no power cable.
Refitting the Connected Services Gateway
Refitting the Connected Services Gateway
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
205
5 Repair
5.2.6 Replacing the Connected Services Gateway
Continued
Action
2
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
Note/Illustration
3 Hook up the Connected Services Gateway to the bracket and push carefully into position.
Note
During the installation, the gap between the lower surface of the Connected Services Gateway and the upper surface of the main computer should be zero.
xx1900002331 i
4 Reconnect:
• K7.X1 - K2.X3
i
• K7.X2 - A2.X5
For Connected Services Gateway wired, there is no power cable.
Reconnecting the antenna
1
2
Action Note/Illustration
Insert the cable from the cable grommet.
Refitting the cable grommet assembly on page 317 .
Refit the cable in the cabinet according to the record during the disassembly.
Continues on next page
206
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.6 Replacing the Connected Services Gateway
Continued
3
Action
Connect the antenna cable to the Connected Services Gateway by rotating.
Note/Illustration
4 Put the magnet part of the antenna on the top the cabinet.
xx1900001948 xx1900001949
Concluding procedure
1
2
Action
Close the door.
Perform the function tests to verify that the safety features work properly, see
Note/Illustration
.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
207
5 Repair
5.2.7 Replacing the scalable I/O unit
5.2.7 Replacing the scalable I/O unit
Location
The illustration shows the location of the scalable I/O in the controller.
xx1900001467
Required spare parts
Note
The spare part numbers that are listed in the table can be out of date. See the latest spare parts of the OmniCore C90XT via myABB Business Portal, www.abb.com/myABB .
Spare part
Local I/O Digital base [3032-1]
Connectors digital base/add on
Digital add-on [3033-2]
Analog add-on [3034-2]
Connectors I/O Analog
Relay add-on [3035-2]
Connectors I/O Relay
Article number
3HAC058663-001
3HAC060919-001
3HAC058664-001
3HAC058665-001
3HAC060925-001
3HAC058666-001
3HAC060926-001
Note
DSQC1030
DSQC1031
DSQC1032
DSQC1033
Required tools and equipment
Equipment
Standard toolkit -
Article number Note
Content is defined in section
Standard toolkit for controller on page 417
.
ESD protective wrist band
Continues on next page
208
-
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.7 Replacing the scalable I/O unit
Continued
Required documents
Document Article number
Circuit diagram - OmniCore C90XT 3HAC065464-009
Application manual - Scalable I/O 3HAC070208-001
Note
Removing the digital base (option)
Preparations
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2
3
Open the door.
.
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
xx1900001446
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
209
5 Repair
5.2.7 Replacing the scalable I/O unit
Continued
Removing the digital base (option)
1
Action
Disconnect:
• K5.1.X5 - A2.X4/K4.X7
2
Note
If the Ethernet extension switch is installed, connect and disconnect the connector K5.1.X5 to/from
K4.X7.
If the Ethernet extension switch is not installed, connect and disconnect the connector K5.1.X5 to/from
A2.X4.
• K5.1.X4 - K2.X3
• The harness connected to I/O unit by customer
Push the buckle of the digital base slightly and take out the digital base.
Note/Illustration xx1900002446 xx1900002447
Continues on next page
210
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.7 Replacing the scalable I/O unit
Continued
Refitting the digital base (option)
Refitting the digital base (option)
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
3 Push the digital base into the bracket until you hear a clear clicking sound.
xx1900001446 xx1900002447
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
211
5 Repair
5.2.7 Replacing the scalable I/O unit
Continued
4
Action
Connect the adapter cable to the digital base.
• K5.1.X5 - A2.X4/K4.X7
Note/Illustration
Note
If the Ethernet extension switch is installed, connect and disconnect the connector K5.1.X5 to/from
K4.X7.
If the Ethernet extension switch is not installed, connect and disconnect the connector K5.1.X5 to/from
A2.X4.
• K5.1.X4 - K2.X3
• The harness connected to I/O unit by customer
Concluding procedure
1
2
Action
Close the door.
Perform the function tests to verify that the safety features work properly, see
Note/Illustration
.
212
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.8 Replacing the main computer
5.2.8 Replacing the main computer
Location
The illustration shows the location of the main computer in the controller.
xx1900001468
Required spare parts
Note
The spare part numbers that are listed in the table can be out of date. See the latest spare parts of the OmniCore C90XT via myABB Business Portal, www.abb.com/myABB .
Spare part Article number
Main computer module assembly 3HAC063061-001
Note
Required tools and equipment
Note
For robots with the controller delivered to start in automatic mode, a FlexPendant is required after the replacement to be able to change to automatic mode.
Equipment
Standard toolkit -
Article number Note
Content is defined in section
Standard toolkit for controller on page 417
.
Continues on next page
213 Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
5 Repair
5.2.8 Replacing the main computer
Continued
Equipment
ESD protective wrist band -
Article number Note
Required documents
Document Article number
Circuit diagram - OmniCore C90XT 3HAC065464-009
Note
Note
The main computer is part of an assembly group, secured on a process plate.
To remove the computer, either lift out the assembly group and then remove the computer, or take out the parts on top of the computer and then the computer itself.
To remove the assembly group, see
Removing the main computer by assembly group on page 214
.
To remove the modules on the top of the computer, see
Removing the main computer by parts on page 227
.
Removing the main computer by assembly group
Preparations
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2
3
Open the door.
.
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
xx1900001446
Continues on next page
214
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.8 Replacing the main computer
Continued
Removing the main computer assembly
1
Action
Disconnect all the connectors on the assembly group of the robot signal exchange proxy, Ethernet switch (option),
Connected Services Gateway, and main computer.
Note/Illustration
For the robot signal exchange proxy:
• K2.X8 - A2.X6
• (option): K2.X2 - K4.X8, A2.X1
• K2.X12 - A2.K3.X6, A2.K3.X7
• K2.X10 - A1.X13
• K2.X21 - TempSensor
• K2.X4 - A1.X9
• K2.X3 - K6.X1, A2.K3.X1, K5.1.X4,
K7.X1
• K2.X1 - T2.X2
• K2.X17 - G2.X1, G1.X2
• K2.X6, K2.X11 - A1.X2
• K2.X7, K2.X22 - Harn. LV robot power
• K2.X9 & X13 - FlexPendant
For the Ethernet extension switch (option):
• K2.X2 - K4.X8, A2.X1
• K4.X7 - K5.1.X5
• K4.X6 - A2.X4
For the Connected Services Gateway:
• K7.X1 - K2.X3
i
• K7.X2 - A2.X5
Note
The connector K7.X2 is locked; grab the connector, push it in to release it and then remove the connector.
For the main computer:
• K2.X8 - A2.X6
• K2.X2 - K4.X8, A2.X1
• K2.X12 - A2.K3.X6, A2.K3.X7
• K6.X2 - A2.X9
• A2.X5 - K7.X2
• A2.X4 - K4.X6/K5.1.X5
Note
If the Ethernet extension switch is installed, connect and disconnect the connector A2.X4 to/from
K4.X6.
If the Ethernet extension switch is not installed, connect and disconnect the connector A2.X4 to/from
K5.1.X5.
Continues on next page
215 Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
5 Repair
5.2.8 Replacing the main computer
Continued
2
Action
Remove the screws holding the main computer.
Note/Illustration xx1900001877
3 Remove the assembly from the mounting plate.
Note
Avoid colliding with the frame when removing the unit.
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
When handling the computer outside of the controller, use the wrist strap button located on the side of the computer.
xx1900001878 xx1900001885 i
For Connected Services Gateway wired, there is no power cable.
Continues on next page
216
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.8 Replacing the main computer
Continued
Removing the robot signal exchange proxy
1
Action Note/Illustration
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
When handling the computer outside of the controller, use the wrist strap button located on the side of the computer.
2 Pull the cable ties out from the locking holes.
xx2000000419
3 Remove the screws and lift out the robot signal exchange proxy.
xx1900001879 xx1900001880
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
217
5 Repair
5.2.8 Replacing the main computer
Continued
Removing the Ethernet extension switch (option)
1
Action
Carefully pull the side of the Ethernet extension switch and rotate it tightly to take it out from the bracket.
Note/Illustration xx1900001881 xx1800000491
Continues on next page
218
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.8 Replacing the main computer
Continued
Removing the Connected Services Gateway
1
Action
Carefully pull the side of the Connected
Services Gateway and rotate it tightly to take it out from the bracket.
Note/Illustration xx1900001883 xx1800000495
TOP VIEW
Refitting the main computer by assembly group
Refitting the Connected Services Gateway
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
219
5 Repair
5.2.8 Replacing the main computer
Continued
2
Action Note/Illustration
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
3 Hook up the Connected Services Gateway to the bracket and push carefully into position.
Note
During the installation, the gap between the lower surface of the Connected Services Gateway and the upper surface of the main computer should be zero.
xx2000000419 xx1800000497
TOP VIEW xx1900001884
Continues on next page
220
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.8 Replacing the main computer
Continued
Refitting the Ethernet extension switch (option)
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
xx2000000419
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
221
5 Repair
5.2.8 Replacing the main computer
Continued
3
Action
Hook up the Ethernet extension switch to the bracket and then push the switch into position.
Note/Illustration
Note
During the installation, there should be no gap between the upper surface of the
Ethernet extension switch and the lower surface of highest bracket on the main computer.
xx1800000493 xx1800000972 xx1900001882
Refitting the robot signal exchange proxy
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
Continues on next page
222
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.8 Replacing the main computer
Continued
2
Action Note/Illustration
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
xx2000000419
3 Fit the robot signal exchange proxy and secure the screws.
Screws: Torx pan head screw M4x8 (4 pcs)
4 Insert the cable ties into the locking holes.
xx1900001880 xx1900001879
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
223
5 Repair
5.2.8 Replacing the main computer
Continued
Refitting the main computer assembly to the cabinet
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
When handling the computer outside of the controller, use the wrist strap button located on the side of the computer.
xx1900001446
Continues on next page
224
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.8 Replacing the main computer
Continued
3
Action
Refit the assembly onto the mounting plate.
Note/Illustration xx1900001885
4 Fasten the assembly with the screws.
xx1900001878
5 Reconnect all the connectors on assembly of the robot signal exchange proxy, ethernet extension-seven port switch (option), ABB ability™ connected services, and main computer.
xx1900001877
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
225
5 Repair
5.2.8 Replacing the main computer
Continued
Action
For the robot signal exchange proxy:
• K2.X8 - A2.X6
• (option): K2.X2 - K4.X8, A2.X1
• K2.X12 - A2.K3.X6, A2.K3.X7
• K2.X10 - A1.X13
• K2.X21 - TempSensor (G3.TEMP)
• K2.X4 - A1.X9
• K2.X3 - K6.X1, A2.K3.X1, K5.1.X4,
K7.X1
• K2.X1 - T2.X2
• K2.X17 - G3.X1, G1.X2
• K2.X6, K2.X11 - A1.X2
• K2.X7, K2.X22 - Harn. LV robot power (X1)
• K2.X9 & X13 - FlexPendant (X4)
For the Ethernet extension switch (option):
• K2.X2 - K4.X8, A2.X1
• K4.X7 - K5.1.X5
• K4.X6 - A2.X4
For the Connected Services Gateway:
• K7.X1 - K2.X3
i
• K7.X2 - A2.X5
Note/Illustration
Note
The connector K7.X2 is locked; grab the connector, push it in to release it and then remove the connector.
For the main computer:
• A2.X3 - X24
• K2.X8 - A2.X6
• K2.X2 - K4.X8, A2.X1
• K2.X12 - A2.K3.X6, A2.K3.X7
• K6.X2 - A2.X9
• A2.X5 - K7.X2
• A2.X4 - K4.X6/K5.1.X5
Note
If the Ethernet extension switch is installed, connect and disconnect the connector A2.X4 to/from
K4.X6.
If the Ethernet extension switch is not installed, connect and disconnect the connector A2.X4 to/from
K5.1.X5.
i
For Connected Services Gateway wired, there is no power cable.
Continues on next page
226
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.8 Replacing the main computer
Continued
Concluding procedure
1
2
3
Action
Close the door.
Note/Illustration
.
Restore the hardware settings.
Perform the function tests to verify that the safety features work properly, see
Restoring the hardware settings on page 241 .
Removing the main computer by parts
Preparations
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2
3
Open the door.
.
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
xx1900001446
Disconnecting the connectors to the main computer assembly
1
Action
Disconnect all the connectors on the assembly group of the robot signal exchange proxy, Ethernet switch (option),
Connected Services Gateway, scalable
I/O (option), and main computer.
Note/Illustration
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
227
5 Repair
5.2.8 Replacing the main computer
Continued
Action
For the robot signal exchange proxy:
• K2.X8 - A2.X6
• (option): K2.X2 - K4.X8, A2.X1
• K2.X12 - A2.K3.X6, A2.K3.X7
• K2.X10 - A1.X13
• K2.X21 - TempSensor (G3.TEMP)
• K2.X4 - A1.X9
• K2.X3 - K6.X1, A2.K3.X1, K5.1.X4,
K7.X1
• K2.X1 - T2.X2
• K2.X17 - G3.X1, G1.X2
• K2.X6, K2.X11 - A1.X2
• K2.X7, K2.X22 - Harn. LV robot power (X1)
• K2.X9 & X13 - FlexPendant (X4)
For the Ethernet extension switch:
• K2.X2 - K4.X8, A2.X1
• K4.X7 - K5.1.X5
• K4.X6 - A2.X4
Note/Illustration
For the Connected Services Gateway:
• K7.X1 - K2.X3
i
• K7.X2 - A2.X5
Note
The connector K7.X2 is locked; grab the connector, push it in to release it and then remove the connector.
For the main computer:
• A2.X3 - X24
• K2.X8 - A2.X6
• K2.X2 - K4.X8, A2.X1
• K2.X12 - A2.K3.X6, A2.K3.X7
• K6.X2 - A2.X9
• A2.X5 - K7.X2
• A2.X4 - K4.X6/K5.1.X5
Note
If the Ethernet extension switch is installed, connect and disconnect the connector A2.X4 to/from
K4.X6.
If the Ethernet extension switch is not installed, connect and disconnect the connector A2.X4 to/from
K5.1.X5.
i
For Connected Services Gateway wired, there is no power cable.
Continues on next page
228
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.8 Replacing the main computer
Continued
Removing the robot signal exchange proxy
1
Action
Pull the cable ties out from the locking holes.
Note/Illustration
2 Remove the screws and lift out the robot signal exchange proxy.
xx1900001886 xx1900001887
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
229
5 Repair
5.2.8 Replacing the main computer
Continued
Removing the Ethernet extension switch (option)
1
Action
Carefully pull the side of the Ethernet extension switch and rotate it tightly to take it out from the bracket.
Note/Illustration xx1900001888 xx1800000491
Continues on next page
230
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.8 Replacing the main computer
Continued
Removing the Connected Services Gateway
1
Action
Carefully pull the side of the Connected
Services Gateway and rotate it tightly to take it out from the bracket.
Note/Illustration xx1900001890 xx1800000495
TOP VIEW
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
231
5 Repair
5.2.8 Replacing the main computer
Continued
Removing the main computer
1
Action
Remove the screws holding the main computer.
Note/Illustration
2 Remove the main computer.
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
When handling the computer outside of the controller, use the wrist strap button located on the side of the computer.
xx1900001892 xx1900001893 xx1900001894
Continues on next page
232
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.8 Replacing the main computer
Continued
Refitting the main computer by parts
Refitting the main computer
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
xx1900001446
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
233
5 Repair
5.2.8 Replacing the main computer
Continued
3
Action
Fit the main computer to the mounting plate.
Note/Illustration xx1900001894
4 Fasten the main computer with the screws.
xx1900001893
Screws: Torx pan head screw M4x8 (2 pcs) xx1900001892
Continues on next page
234
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.8 Replacing the main computer
Continued
Refitting the Connected Services Gateway
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
3 Hook up the Connected Services Gateway to the bracket and push carefully into position.
Note
During the installation, the gap between the lower surface of the Connected Services Gateway and the upper surface of the main computer should be zero.
xx1900001890 xx1800000495
TOP VIEW
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
235
5 Repair
5.2.8 Replacing the main computer
Continued
Refitting the Ethernet extension switch (option)
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
xx1900001446
Continues on next page
236
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.8 Replacing the main computer
Continued
3
Action
Hook up the Ethernet extension switch to the bracket and then push the switch into position.
Note/Illustration
Note
During the installation, there should be no gap between the upper surface of the
Ethernet extension switch and the lower surface of highest bracket on the main computer.
xx1900001888 xx1800000972 xx1800000491
Refitting the robot signal exchange proxy
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
237
5 Repair
5.2.8 Replacing the main computer
Continued
2
Action Note/Illustration
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
xx1900001446
3 Fit the robot signal exchange proxy and secure the screws.
Screws: Torx pan head screw M4x8 (4 pcs)
4 Insert the cable ties into the locking holes.
xx1900001887 xx1900001886
Continues on next page
238
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.8 Replacing the main computer
Continued
Reconnecting the connectors to the main computer assembly
Action Note/Illustration
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
2
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
When handling the computer outside of the controller, use the wrist strap button located on the side of the computer.
3 Reconnect all the connectors on assembly of the robot signal exchange proxy, ethernet extension-seven port switch (option), ABB ability™ connected services, scalable I/O digital base (option), and main computer.
For the robot signal exchange proxy:
• K2.X8 - A2.X6
• (option): K2.X2 - K4.X8, A2.X1
• K2.X12 - A2.K3.X6, A2.K3.X7
• K2.X10 - A1.X13
• K2.X21 - TempSensor (G3.TEMP)
• K2.X4 - A1.X9
• K2.X3 - K6.X1, A2.K3.X1, K5.1.X4,
K7.X1
• K2.X1 - T2.X2
• K2.X17 - G3.X1, G1.X2
• K2.X6, K2.X11 - A1.X2
• K2.X7, K2.X22 - Harn. LV robot power (X1)
• K2.X9 & X13 - FlexPendant (X4)
For the Ethernet extension switch:
• K2.X2 - K4.X8, A2.X1
• K4.X7 - K5.1.X5
• K4.X6 - A2.X4
xx1900001446
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
239
5 Repair
5.2.8 Replacing the main computer
Continued
Action
For the Connected Services Gateway:
• K7.X1 - K2.X3
i
• K7.X2 - A2.X5
Note/Illustration
Note
The connector K7.X2 is locked; grab the connector, push it in to release it and then remove the connector.
For the main computer:
• A2.X3 - X24
• K2.X8 - A2.X6
• K2.X2 - K4.X8, A2.X1
• K2.X12 - A2.K3.X6, A2.K3.X7
• K6.X2 - A2.X9
• A2.X5 - K7.X2
• A2.X4 - K4.X6/K5.1.X5
1
2
3
Note
If the Ethernet extension switch is installed, connect and disconnect the connector A2.X4 to/from
K4.X6.
If the Ethernet extension switch is not installed, connect and disconnect the connector A2.X4 to/from
K5.1.X5.
Concluding procedure i
For Connected Services Gateway wired, there is no power cable.
Action
Close the door.
Note/Illustration
.
Restore the hardware settings.
Perform the function tests to verify that the safety features work properly, see
Restoring the hardware settings on page 241 .
Continues on next page
240
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.8 Replacing the main computer
Continued
Restoring the hardware settings
The controller hardware settings include information such as controller type and serial number. When the main computer has been replaced, the serial number must be restored before any software can be installed, or any licences can be imported.
Note
When replacing the main computer, both the serial number and licences are lost.
The serial number must be restored as described below. Licences however, can either be restored automatically when the RobotWare system is installed, or manually through Manage Licences in RobotWare Installation Utilities.
1
2
Action
Download the hardware information file
(hwsettings.rsf) from MyABB, or from a previous system backup.
Access the RobotWare Installation Utilities.
Note/Illustration
3
4
5
6
Tap Advanced , and then Restore Hardware Settings .
The Restore Hardware Settings window is displayed.
Follow the instructions and tap Next to proceed.
Carefully read the information and then check all boxes to confirm that you agree with the ABB conditions. Tap Next to proceed.
Read the serial number on the front of the controller and type it in field Serial
Number . Tap Next .
xx1900000110 xx2000000007
7 Tap Browse to open the hardware information file from its location. The restoration of the serial number is completed.
The system compares the downloaded file and the manually entered serial number to ensure that there is a match.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
241
5 Repair
5.2.9 Replacing the power unit
5.2.9 Replacing the power unit
Location
The illustration shows the location of the power unit in the controller.
xx1900001469
Required spare parts
Note
The spare part numbers that are listed in the table can be out of date. See the latest spare parts of the OmniCore C90XT via myABB Business Portal, www.abb.com/myABB .
Spare part
Power unit
Article number
3HAC059152-001
Note
DSQC3044
Required tools and equipment
Equipment
Standard toolkit -
Article number Note
Content is defined in section
Standard toolkit for controller on page 417
.
ESD protective wrist band -
Required documents
Document Article number
Circuit diagram - OmniCore C90XT 3HAC065464-009
Note
Continues on next page
242
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.9 Replacing the power unit
Continued
Removing the power unit
Preparations
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2
3
Open the door.
.
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
xx1900001446
Removing the power unit
1
Action
Disconnect:
• A1.X13 - K2.X10
• A1.X9 - K2.X4
• A1.X4 - T4.X5
• A1.X5 - T4.X1
• A1.X12 - T4.X3
• A1.X1 - Power inlet (X0)
• A1.X6 A1.X7-T2.X1 and AC Terminal block
Note/Illustration
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
243
5 Repair
5.2.9 Replacing the power unit
Continued
2
Action
Remove the screws and pull the power unit out from the two snaps on the mounting plate.
Note/Illustration
CAUTION
Only the sheet metal on the power unit can be used for holding.
Do not touch the connectors or the filter on the power unit.
xx1900001895 xx1900001896
Refitting the power unit
Refitting the power unit
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
Continues on next page
244
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.9 Replacing the power unit
Continued
2
Action Note/Illustration
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
xx1900001446
3 Push the power unit until it snaps on the mounting plate and secure the screws.
Screws: Torx pan head screw M4x8 (2 pcs) xx1900001895 xx1900001896
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
245
5 Repair
5.2.9 Replacing the power unit
Continued
Concluding procedure
4
Action
Reconnect:
• A1.X13 - K2.X10
• A1.X9 - K2.X4
• A1.X4 - T4.X5
• A1.X5 - T4.X1
• A1.X12 - T4.X3
• A1.X1 - Power inlet (X0)
• A1.X6 A1.X7-T2.X1 and AC Terminal block
Note/Illustration
1
2
Action
Close the door.
Perform the function tests to verify that the safety features work properly, see
Note/Illustration
.
246
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.10 Replacing the power supply
5.2.10 Replacing the power supply
Location
The illustration shows the location of the power supply in the controller.
xx1900001470
Required spare parts
Note
The spare part numbers that are listed in the table can be out of date. See the latest spare parts of the OmniCore C90XT via myABB Business Portal, www.abb.com/myABB .
Spare part
Power supply
DSQC 609 power supply
Article number
3HAC071301-001
3HAC14178-1
DSQC 634 power supply
End clamp
3HAC13398-2
Harness AC input of power supply 3HAC069617-001
3HAB7983-1
Note
DSQC3035
DSQC 609
DSQC 634
WARNING
Do not touch the power supply when the DC OK Led is on.
There is residual voltage in the power supply even the controller is power off in a short time.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
247
5 Repair
5.2.10 Replacing the power supply
Continued
Required tools and equipment
Equipment
Standard toolkit -
Article number Note
Content is defined in section
Standard toolkit for controller on page 417
.
ESD protective wrist band -
Required documents
Document Article number
Circuit diagram - OmniCore C90XT 3HAC065464-009
Note
Removing the power supply baseline
Preparations
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2
3
Open the door.
.
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
Removing the power supply baseline
1
Action
Disconnect:
• T2.X1 - A1.X6
• T2.X2 - K2.X1
xx1900001446
Note/Illustration
Continues on next page
248
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.10 Replacing the power supply
Continued
2
Action
Remove the screws and the power supply.
Note/Illustration xx1900001897
Refitting the power supply baseline
Refitting the power supply
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
xx1900001446
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
249
5 Repair
5.2.10 Replacing the power supply
Continued
3
Action
Fit the power supply and fasten it with screws.
Note/Illustration
Screws: Torx pan head screw M4x8 (4 pcs) xx1900001897
Concluding procedure
4 Reconnect and secure:
• T2.X1 - A1.X6
• T2.X2 - K2.X1.
1
2
Action
Close the door.
Perform the function tests to verify that the safety features work properly, see
Note/Illustration
.
Removing the DSQC 609 power supply
Preparations
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2 Open the door.
.
Continues on next page
250
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.10 Replacing the power supply
Continued
3
Action Note/Illustration
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
xx1900001446
Removing the power supply
1
Action
Remove the end clamp besides the power supply with a screwdriver.
Note/Illustration xx1900001907
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
251
5 Repair
5.2.10 Replacing the power supply
Continued
2
3
Action
Disconnect:
• T5.X1-AC Terminal block
• T5.X2-24V Terminal block
Remove the screw and the power supply.
Note/Illustration xx1900001908
Refitting the DSQC 609 power supply
Refitting the power supply
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
xx1900001446
Continues on next page
252
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.10 Replacing the power supply
Continued
3
4
Action Note/Illustration
Fit the power supply to the bracket and fasten it with screw.
Screws: Cross recessed cheese head screw
M4x8 (1 pcs)
Reconnect:
• T5.X1-AC Terminal block
• T5.X2-24V Terminal block
5 Refit the end clamp besides the power supply.
xx1900001908 xx1900001907
Concluding procedure
1
2
Action
Close the door.
Perform the function tests to verify that the safety features work properly, see
Note/Illustration
.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
253
5 Repair
5.2.10 Replacing the power supply
Continued
Removing the DSQC 634 power supply
Preparations
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2
3
Open the door.
.
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
xx1900001446
Removing the power supply
1
Action
Remove the end clamp besides the power supply with a screwdriver.
Note/Illustration xx1900002443
Continues on next page
254
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.10 Replacing the power supply
Continued
2
3
Action
Disconnect:
• T5.X1-AC Terminal block
• T5.X2-24V Terminal block
Press the lower buckle to release and remove the power supply.
Note/Illustration xx1900001950
Refitting the DSQC 634 power supply
Refitting the power supply
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
xx1900001446
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
255
5 Repair
5.2.10 Replacing the power supply
Continued
3
4
Action
Hang the power supply into the bracket and push the lower of it until you hear a clear clicking sound.
Reconnect:
• T5.X1-AC Terminal block
• T5.X2-24V Terminal block
Note/Illustration
5 Refit the end clamp besides the power supply.
xx1900001950 xx1900002443
Concluding procedure
1
2
Action
Close the door.
Perform the function tests to verify that the safety features work properly, see
Note/Illustration
.
256
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.11 Replacing the drive unit
5.2.11 Replacing the drive unit
Location
The illustration shows the location of the drive unit in the controller.
xx1900001471
Required spare parts
Note
The spare part numbers that are listed in the table can be out of date. See the latest spare parts of the OmniCore C90XT via myABB Business Portal, www.abb.com/myABB .
Spare part
Drive
Harness DC-BUS
Harness 24_SYS_DRV
Harness EtherCAT
Article number
3HAC063913-001
3HAC063344-001
3HAC064389-001
3HAC059894-001
Note
DSQC3041
Harness A1.X4 - T4.X5
Harness A1.X5 - T4.X1
Harness T4.X3 - A1.X12
Required tools and equipment
Equipment
Standard toolkit -
Article number Note
Content is defined in section
Standard toolkit for controller on page 417
.
ESD protective wrist band -
Continues on next page
257 Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
5 Repair
5.2.11 Replacing the drive unit
Continued
Required documents
Document Article number
Circuit diagram - OmniCore C90XT 3HAC065464-009
Note
Removing the drive unit
Preparations
Action Note/Illustration
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
2
3
Open the door.
.
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
Removing the power supply baseline
1
Action
Disconnect:
• T2.X1 - A1.X6
• T2.X2 - K2.X1
xx1900001446
Note/Illustration
Continues on next page
258
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.11 Replacing the drive unit
Continued
2
Action
Remove the screws and the power supply.
Note/Illustration xx1900001897
Removing the drive unit
1
2
Action
Disconnect:
• T4.X7, T4.X8, T4.X9
• T4.X5 - A1.X4
• T4.X3 - A1.X12
• T4.X1 - A1.X5
Cut the cable tie for the DC-bus cable and move it to the other side.
Note/Illustration
3 Cut the cable tie for the EtherCAT cable.
xx1900001900 xx1900002338
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
259
5 Repair
5.2.11 Replacing the drive unit
Continued
4
Action Note/Illustration
Remove the attachment screws and pull the drive unit out from the two snaps.
Lengthened screwdriver xx1900001898 xx1900001899
Continues on next page
260
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.11 Replacing the drive unit
Continued
Refitting the drive unit
Refitting the drive unit
Action Note/Illustration
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
2
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
xx1900001446
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
261
5 Repair
5.2.11 Replacing the drive unit
Continued
3
Action Note/Illustration
Push the drive unit into the snaps on the mounting plate and secure the screws.
Screws: Torx pan head screw M4x8 (4 pcs) xx1900001898 xx1900001899
Continues on next page
262
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.11 Replacing the drive unit
Continued
4
Action
Fasten the DC-bus cable with a new cable tie to the drive unit.
Note/Illustration
5 Fasten the EtherCAT cable with a new cable tie to the drive unit.
xx1900001900 xx1900002338
6 Reconnect:
• T4.X7, T4.X8, T4.X9
• T4.X5 - A1.X4
• T4.X3 - A1.X12
• T4.X1 - A1.X5
Refitting the power supply
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
263
5 Repair
5.2.11 Replacing the drive unit
Continued
2
Action Note/Illustration
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
xx1900001446
3 Fit the power supply and fasten it with screws.
Screws: Torx pan head screw M4x8 (4 pcs) xx1900001897
Concluding procedure
4 Reconnect:
• T2.X1 - A1.X6
• T2.X2 - K2.X1.
1
2
Action
Close the door.
Perform the function tests to verify that the safety features work properly, see
Note/Illustration
.
264
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.12 Replacing the fieldbus master
5.2.12 Replacing the fieldbus master
Location
The illustration shows the location of the fieldbus master in the controller.
xx1800003420
Required spare parts
Note
The spare part numbers that are listed in the table can be out of date. See the latest spare parts of the OmniCore C90XT via myABB Business Portal, www.abb.com/myABB .
Spare part
DeviceNet Board
Article number
3HAC043383-001
Note
DSQC1006
Required tools and equipment
Equipment
Standard toolkit -
Article number Note
Content is defined in section
Standard toolkit for controller on page 417
.
ESD protective wrist band -
Required documents
Document Article number
Circuit diagram - OmniCore C90XT 3HAC065464-009
Note
Continues on next page
265 Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
5 Repair
5.2.12 Replacing the fieldbus master
Continued
Removing the fieldbus master
Note
The fieldbus master is part of an assembly group, secured on a process plate.
To remove the fieldbus master, either lift out the assembly group and then remove the fieldbus master, or take out the parts on top of the main computer and then remove the fieldbus master.
Preparations
Action Note/Illustration
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
2
3
Open the door.
.
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
xx1900001446
Removing the main computer assembly
1
Action
Disconnect all the connectors on the assembly group of the robot signal exchange proxy, Ethernet switch (option),
Connected Services Gateway, and main computer.
Note/Illustration
Continues on next page
266
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.12 Replacing the fieldbus master
Continued
Action
For the robot signal exchange proxy:
• K2.X8 - A2.X6
• (option): K2.X2 - K4.X8, A2.X1
• K2.X12 - A2.K3.X6, A2.K3.X7
• K2.X10 - A1.X13
• K2.X21 - TempSensor
• K2.X4 - A1.X9
• K2.X3 - K6.X1, A2.K3.X1, K5.1.X4,
K7.X1
• K2.X1 - T2.X2
• K2.X17 - G2.X1, G1.X2
• K2.X6, K2.X11 - A1.X2
• K2.X7, K2.X22 - Harn. LV robot power
• K2.X9 & X13 - FlexPendant
For the Ethernet extension switch (option):
• K2.X2 - K4.X8, A2.X1
• K4.X7 - K5.1.X5
• K4.X6 - A2.X4
For the Connected Services Gateway:
• K7.X1 - K2.X3
i
• K7.X2 - A2.X5
Note/Illustration
Note
The connector K7.X2 is locked; grab the connector, push it in to release it and then remove the connector.
For the main computer:
• K2.X8 - A2.X6
• K2.X2 - K4.X8, A2.X1
• K2.X12 - A2.K3.X6, A2.K3.X7
• K6.X2 - A2.X9
• A2.X5 - K7.X2
• A2.X4 - K4.X6/K5.1.X5
Note
If the Ethernet extension switch is installed, connect and disconnect the connector A2.X4 to/from
K4.X6.
If the Ethernet extension switch is not installed, connect and disconnect the connector A2.X4 to/from
K5.1.X5.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
267
5 Repair
5.2.12 Replacing the fieldbus master
Continued
2
Action
Remove the screws holding the main computer.
Note/Illustration xx1900001877
3 Remove the assembly from the mounting plate.
Note
Avoid colliding with the frame when removing the unit.
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
When handling the computer outside of the controller, use the wrist strap button located on the side of the computer.
xx1900001878 xx1900001885 i
For Connected Services Gateway wired, there is no power cable.
Continues on next page
268
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.12 Replacing the fieldbus master
Continued
Removing the robot signal exchange proxy
1
Action Note/Illustration
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
When handling the computer outside of the controller, use the wrist strap button located on the side of the computer.
2 Pull the cable ties out from the locking holes.
xx2000000419
3 Remove the screws and lift out the robot signal exchange proxy.
xx1900001879 xx1900001880
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
269
5 Repair
5.2.12 Replacing the fieldbus master
Continued
Removing the fieldbus master
1
Action Note/Illustration
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
When handling the computer outside of the controller, use the wrist strap button located on the side of the computer.
2 Remove the attachment screws and take the cover off.
xx2000000419 xx1900001909
Note
The Connected Services Gateway and Ethernet extension switch are omitted on the illustration to make it more clear.
Continues on next page
270
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.12 Replacing the fieldbus master
Continued
3
Action
Remove the attachment screw on the fieldbus master and take out the fieldbus master.
Note/Illustration
Note
Be careful when you pull it out from the card slot.
xx1900001910
Note
The Connected Services Gateway and Ethernet extension switch are omitted on the illustration to make it more clear.
Refitting the fieldbus master
Preparations
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
xx1900001446
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
271
5 Repair
5.2.12 Replacing the fieldbus master
Continued
Refitting the fieldbus master
1
Action Note/Illustration
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
When handling the computer outside of the controller, use the wrist strap button located on the side of the computer.
2 Insert the fieldbus master straight into the card slots along the guide rail.
xx2000000419 xx1900001911
Note
The Connected Services Gateway and Ethernet extension switch are omitted on the illustration to make it more clear.
Continues on next page
272
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.12 Replacing the fieldbus master
Continued
3
Action
Secure the fieldbus adapter with the screw.
Note/Illustration
Screws: Screw with flange M3x6 (1 pcs) xx1900001910
Note
The Connected Services Gateway and Ethernet extension switch are omitted on the illustration to make it more clear.
4 Refit the cover of the main computer and secure the screws.
Screws: Hexalobular socket pan head screw
M3x6 (4 pcs) xx1900001909
Note
The Connected Services Gateway and Ethernet extension switch are omitted on the illustration to make it more clear.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
273
5 Repair
5.2.12 Replacing the fieldbus master
Continued
Refitting the robot signal exchange proxy
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
xx2000000419
3 Fit the robot signal exchange proxy and secure the screws.
Screws: Torx pan head screw M4x8 (4 pcs) xx1900001880
Continues on next page
274
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.12 Replacing the fieldbus master
Continued
4
Action
Insert the cable ties into the locking holes.
Note/Illustration xx1900001879
Refitting the main computer assembly to the cabinet
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
When handling the computer outside of the controller, use the wrist strap button located on the side of the computer.
xx1900001446
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
275
5 Repair
5.2.12 Replacing the fieldbus master
Continued
3
Action
Refit the assembly onto the mounting plate.
Note/Illustration xx1900001885
4 Fasten the assembly with the screws.
xx1900001878
5 Reconnect all the connectors on assembly of the robot signal exchange proxy, ethernet extension-seven port switch (option), ABB ability™ connected services, and main computer.
xx1900001877
Continues on next page
276
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.12 Replacing the fieldbus master
Continued
Action
For the robot signal exchange proxy:
• K2.X8 - A2.X6
• (option): K2.X2 - K4.X8, A2.X1
• K2.X12 - A2.K3.X6, A2.K3.X7
• K2.X10 - A1.X13
• K2.X21 - TempSensor (G3.TEMP)
• K2.X4 - A1.X9
• K2.X3 - K6.X1, A2.K3.X1, K5.1.X4,
K7.X1
• K2.X1 - T2.X2
• K2.X17 - G3.X1, G1.X2
• K2.X6, K2.X11 - A1.X2
• K2.X7, K2.X22 - Harn. LV robot power (X1)
• K2.X9 & X13 - FlexPendant (X4)
For the Ethernet extension switch (option):
• K2.X2 - K4.X8, A2.X1
• K4.X7 - K5.1.X5
• K4.X6 - A2.X4
For the Connected Services Gateway:
• K7.X1 - K2.X3
i
• K7.X2 - A2.X5
Note/Illustration
Note
The connector K7.X2 is locked; grab the connector, push it in to release it and then remove the connector.
For the main computer:
• A2.X3 - X24
• K2.X8 - A2.X6
• K2.X2 - K4.X8, A2.X1
• K2.X12 - A2.K3.X6, A2.K3.X7
• K6.X2 - A2.X9
• A2.X5 - K7.X2
• A2.X4 - K4.X6/K5.1.X5
Note
If the Ethernet extension switch is installed, connect and disconnect the connector A2.X4 to/from
K4.X6.
If the Ethernet extension switch is not installed, connect and disconnect the connector A2.X4 to/from
K5.1.X5.
i
For Connected Services Gateway wired, there is no power cable.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
277
5 Repair
5.2.12 Replacing the fieldbus master
Continued
Concluding procedure
1
2
Action
Close the door.
Perform the function tests to verify that the safety features work properly, see
Note/Illustration
.
278
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.13 Replacing the conveyor tracking module(CTM)
5.2.13 Replacing the conveyor tracking module(CTM)
Location
The illustration shows the location of the conveyor tracking module in the controller.
xx1900001472
Required spare parts
Note
The spare part numbers that are listed in the table can be out of date. See the latest spare parts of the OmniCore C90XT via myABB Business Portal, www.abb.com/myABB .
Spare part
Harness 24V_CTM
Article number
Conveyor tracking module [3103-
1]
CONNECTOR KIT - DSQC2000
3HNA027579-001
3HNA029345-001
3HAC069618-001
Note
DSQC2000
Power cable of CTM
Required tools and equipment
Equipment
Standard toolkit -
Article number Note
Content is defined in section
Standard toolkit for controller on page 417
.
ESD protective wrist band -
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
279
5 Repair
5.2.13 Replacing the conveyor tracking module(CTM)
Continued
Required documents
Document Article number
Circuit diagram - OmniCore C90XT 3HAC065464-009
Application manual - Conveyor tracking
3HAC066561-001
Note
Removing the conveyor tracking module (option)
Preparations
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2
3
Open the door.
.
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
xx1900001446
Removing the conveyor tracking module (option)
1
Action
Disconnect:
• B1.X1 - K2.X19.1 & K2.X19.2
• B1.X7 - K4.X1-5
Note/Illustration
Continues on next page
280
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.13 Replacing the conveyor tracking module(CTM)
Continued
2
Action
Pull on the lower side of the conveyor tracking module slightly and take out the conveyor tracking module.
Note/Illustration
Note
The conveyor tracking module is secured by the buckles.
Be careful with the direction of the buckles when doing assembling/disassembling work.
xx1900001912 xx1900001913
Refitting the conveyor tracking module (option)
Refitting the conveyor tracking module (option)
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
281
5 Repair
5.2.13 Replacing the conveyor tracking module(CTM)
Continued
2
Action Note/Illustration
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
3 Hang the conveyor tracking module into the bracket and push the lower of it until you hear a clear clicking sound.
xx1900001446 xx1900001913 xx1900001912
Continues on next page
282
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.13 Replacing the conveyor tracking module(CTM)
Continued
Concluding procedure
4
Action
Connect the adapter cable to the conveyor tracking module.
• B1.X1 - K2.X19.1 & K2.X19.2
• B1.X7 - K4.X1-5
Stick the other connector onto the side of the digital base with the self-adhesive part.
Note/Illustration
1
2
Action
Close the door.
Perform the function tests to verify that the safety features work properly, see
Note/Illustration
.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
283
5 Repair
5.2.14 Replacing the air filter
5.2.14 Replacing the air filter
Location
The illustration shows the location of the air filter on the controller.
xx1900001473
Required spare parts
Note
The spare part numbers that are listed in the table can be out of date. See the latest spare parts of the OmniCore C90XT via myABB Business Portal, www.abb.com/myABB .
Note Spare part
Air filter-coarse filter
Air filter-Fine filter
Air filter (Polymeric)
Article number
3HAC068415-001
3HAC068416-001
3HAC068543-001 Filter element of fine filter
Required tools and equipment
Equipment
Standard toolkit -
Article number Note
Content is defined in section
Standard toolkit for controller on page 417
.
ESD protective wrist band -
Continues on next page
284
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.2.14 Replacing the air filter
Continued
Required documents
Document Article number
Circuit diagram - OmniCore C90XT 3HAC065464-009
Note
Removing the air filter
Preparations
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
Removing the air filter
1
Action
Loosen the attachment screws on the air filter.
Note/Illustration
2 Remove the air filter.
xx1900001491 xx1900001492
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
285
5 Repair
5.2.14 Replacing the air filter
Continued
Removing the polymeric filter element
1
Action
Take out the polymeric filter element from the filter.
Note/Illustration xx2000000421
Refitting the air filter
Refitting the polymeric filter element
1
Action
Insert the polymeric filter element to the filter and secure with the metallic line.
Note/Illustration xx2000000421
Refitting the air filter
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
Continues on next page
286
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
2
Action
Refit the air filter to the cabinet.
Secure it with the screws.
5 Repair
5.2.14 Replacing the air filter
Continued
Note/Illustration xx1900001492
Concluding procedure
1
Action
Perform the function tests to verify that the safety features work properly, see
Note/Illustration
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
287
5 Repair
5.3.1 Replacing the manipulator signal connector (SMB)
5.3 Replacing parts on the panels
5.3.1 Replacing the manipulator signal connector (SMB)
Location
The illustration shows the location of the manipulator signal connector.
xx1900001476
Required spare parts
Note
The spare part numbers that are listed in the table can be out of date. See the latest spare parts of the OmniCore C90XT via myABB Business Portal, www.abb.com/myABB .
Spare part
Harness Single SMB connection
Article number
3HAC069674-001
Harness Double SMB connection 3HAC069675-001
Note
Harness single SMB
Harness double SMB
Continues on next page
288
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.3.1 Replacing the manipulator signal connector (SMB)
Continued
Required tools and equipment
Equipment
Standard toolkit -
Article number Note
Content is defined in section
Standard toolkit for controller on page 417
.
ESD protective wrist band -
Required documents
Document Article number
Circuit diagram - OmniCore C90XT 3HAC065464-009
Note
Removing the manipulator signal connector
Preparations
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2
3
Open the door.
.
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
xx1900001446
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
289
5 Repair
5.3.1 Replacing the manipulator signal connector (SMB)
Continued
Removing the manipulator signal connector
1
Action
Loosen the screw and disconnect:
• SMB - K6.X4, K6.X5
Note/Illustration
2 Remove the attachment screws on the cover.
xx1900001914 xx1900001915
3
4
Push the manipulator signal connector into the cabinet.
Take the manipulator signal connector out.
Refitting the manipulator signal connector
Refitting the manipulator signal connector
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
Continues on next page
290
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.3.1 Replacing the manipulator signal connector (SMB)
Continued
Action
2
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
Note/Illustration
3
4
Insert the manipulator signal connector into the cover from inner side of the cabinet.
Secure it with the attachment screws.
Screws: Torx pan head screw M4x8 (4 pcs)
5 Reconnect and secure:
• K6.X4, K6.X5 - SMB.
xx1900001915 xx1900001914
Concluding procedure
1
2
Action
Close the door.
Perform the function tests to verify that the safety features work properly, see
Note/Illustration
.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
291
5 Repair
5.3.2 Replacing the motor connector
5.3.2 Replacing the motor connector
Location
The illustration shows the location of the motor connector in the controller.
xx1900001478
Required spare parts
Note
The spare part numbers that are listed in the table can be out of date. See the latest spare parts of the OmniCore C90XT via myABB Business Portal, www.abb.com/myABB .
Spare part
Harness Motors power LV 6-axis
Article number
3HAC069672-001
Note
Required tools and equipment
Equipment
Standard toolkit -
Article number Note
Content is defined in section
Standard toolkit for controller on page 417
.
ESD protective wrist band
Continues on next page
292
-
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.3.2 Replacing the motor connector
Continued
Required documents
Document Article number
Circuit diagram - OmniCore C90XT 3HAC065464-009
Note
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
293
5 Repair
5.3.2.1 Replacing the motor connector
5.3.2.1 Replacing the motor connector
Removing the motor connector
Preparations
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2
3
Open the door.
.
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
xx1900001446
Removing the motor connector
1
Action
Disconnect the following connectors for the motor connector:
• T4.X7, T4.X8, T4.X9
• X1 - K2.X7 & X22
• PE.5 & PE.6
Note/Illustration
Continues on next page
294
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.3.2.1 Replacing the motor connector
Continued
2
Action
Remove the attachment screws on the cover.
Note/Illustration xx1900001916
3
4
Push the motor connector into the cabinet.
Take the motor connector cable out from the velcro in the cabinet.
Note
Make records about the sequence that cables are removed. The cables need to be installed in the same position.
5 Take the motor connector out.
Refitting the motor connector
Refitting the motor connector
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
295
5 Repair
5.3.2.1 Replacing the motor connector
Continued
2
Action Note/Illustration
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
xx1900001446
3 Insert the motor connector into the cover from inner side of the cabinet and fasten it with the screws.
Screws: Torx pan head screw M4x8 (4 pcs) xx1900001916
4
5
Reconnect:
• T4.X7, T4.X8, T4.X9
• X1 - K2.X7 & X22
• PE.5 & PE.6
Secure the motor connector cables with the velcro on the frame of the cabinet.
Tip
Use the same position as from removing the motor connector.
Concluding procedure
1
Action
Close the door.
Note/Illustration
.
Continues on next page
296
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.3.2.1 Replacing the motor connector
Continued
2
Action
Perform the function tests to verify that the safety features work properly, see
Note/Illustration
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
297
5 Repair
5.3.3 Replacing the fieldbus adapter slave
5.3.3 Replacing the fieldbus adapter slave
Location
The illustration shows the location of the fieldbus adapter slave in the controller.
xx1900001474
Required spare parts
Note
The spare part numbers that are listed in the table can be out of date. See the latest spare parts of the OmniCore C90XT via myABB Business Portal, www.abb.com/myABB .
Note Spare part
Fieldbus slot cover
Article number
3HAC062390-001
DeviceNet Slave Fieldbus adaptor
[3030-1]
3HAC045973-001
ProfiNet Board [3022-1]
Ethernet Unit [3025-1]
3HAC031670-001
3HAC027652-001
DSQC1004
DSQC 688
DSQC 669
Required tools and equipment
Equipment
Standard toolkit -
Article number Note
Content is defined in section
Standard toolkit for controller on page 417
.
ESD protective wrist band -
Required documents
Document Article number
Circuit diagram - OmniCore C90XT 3HAC065464-009
Note
Removing the fieldbus slot cover (baseline)
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
Continues on next page
298
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.3.3 Replacing the fieldbus adapter slave
Continued
2
3
Action
Open the door.
Note/Illustration
.
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
xx1900001446
4 Remove the fieldbus slot cover with a screwdriver.
Refitting the fieldbus slot cover (baseline)
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
3 Push the fieldbus slot cover into the main computer until you hear a clear 'click' sound.
xx1900001446
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
299
5 Repair
5.3.3 Replacing the fieldbus adapter slave
Continued
4
5
Action
Close the door.
Perform the function tests to verify that the safety features work properly, see
Note/Illustration
.
Removing the fieldbus adapter slave (option)
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2
3
Open the door.
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
.
4 Loosen the screws and take the fieldbus adapter slave out.
xx1900001917
Refitting the fieldbus adapter slave (option)
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
Continues on next page
300
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.3.3 Replacing the fieldbus adapter slave
Continued
Action
2
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
Note/Illustration
3 Insert the fieldbus adapter slave tighten the screws.
xx1900001917
4
5
Close the door.
Perform the function tests to verify that the safety features work properly, see
.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
301
5 Repair
5.3.4 Replacing the power inlet
5.3.4 Replacing the power inlet
Location
The illustration shows the location of the power inlet in the controller.
xx1900001479
Required spare parts
Note
The spare part numbers that are listed in the table can be out of date. See the latest spare parts of the OmniCore C90XT via myABB Business Portal, www.abb.com/myABB .
Spare part
Harness AC input with SW
Connector AC power inlet
Handle for 6 mm switch
Article number
3HAC067661-001
3HAC070308-001
3HAC037699-001
Note
Harness-Mains connection
Required tools and equipment
Equipment
Standard toolkit -
Article number Note
Content is defined in section
Standard toolkit for controller on page 417
.
ESD protective wrist band
Continues on next page
302
-
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.3.4 Replacing the power inlet
Continued
Required documents
Document Article number
Circuit diagram - OmniCore C90XT 3HAC065464-009
Note
Removing the power inlet
Preparations
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2
3
Open the door.
.
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
xx1900001446
Removing the power inlet
1
Action
Disconnect the mains switch from the handle for 6 switch by pressing the push hook.
Note/Illustration xx1900001919
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
303
5 Repair
5.3.4 Replacing the power inlet
Continued
2
3
Action
Disconnect:
• X0 - Q0.
X0 - A1.X1.
• PE.3 & PE.4.
Remove the attachment screws.
Note/Illustration xx1900001918
4
5
Push the power inlet into the cabinet.
Take the power inlet out.
Refitting the power inlet
Refitting the power inlet
Action Note/Illustration
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
2
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
Continues on next page
304 xx1900001446
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.3.4 Replacing the power inlet
Continued
3
4
Action
Insert the power inlet into the cover of the cabinet.
Secure it with the screws.
Note/Illustration
Screws: Torx pan head screw M4x8 (4 pcs)
5
6
Reconnect:
• X0 - Q0.
X0 - A1.X1.
• PE.3 & PE.4.
Reconnect the mains switch to the handle for 6 switch.
xx1900001918 xx1900001920
Concluding procedure
1
2
Action
Close the door.
Perform the function tests to verify that the safety features work properly, see
Note/Illustration
.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
305
5 Repair
5.3.5 Replacing the HMI signal (FlexPendant) connector
5.3.5 Replacing the HMI signal (FlexPendant) connector
Location
The illustration shows the location of the HMI signal connector in the controller.
xx1900001475
Required spare parts
Note
The spare part numbers that are listed in the table can be out of date. See the latest spare parts of the OmniCore C90XT via myABB Business Portal, www.abb.com/myABB .
Spare part
Harness TPU connection
Article number
3HAC069673-001
Note
Harness-TPU
Required tools and equipment
Equipment
Standard toolkit -
Article number Note
Content is defined in section
Standard toolkit for controller on page 417
.
ESD protective wrist band -
Continues on next page
306
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.3.5 Replacing the HMI signal (FlexPendant) connector
Continued
Required documents
Document Article number
Circuit diagram - OmniCore C90XT 3HAC065464-009
Note
Removing the HMI signal connector
Preparations
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2
3
Open the door.
.
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
xx1900001446
Removing the HMI signal connector
1
Action
Remove the cables out from the clips in the cabinet carefully.
Note/Illustration
Note
Make records about the sequence that cables are removed. The cables need to be installed in the same position.
2 Disconnect:
• TPU (X4) - K2.X9 & X13
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
307
5 Repair
5.3.5 Replacing the HMI signal (FlexPendant) connector
Continued
3
Action
Remove the screws.
Note/Illustration
4 Remove the cover plate.
xx1900001921 xx1900001922
Continues on next page
308
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.3.5 Replacing the HMI signal (FlexPendant) connector
Continued
5
Action
Remove the attachment screws on the door.
Note/Illustration xx1900001923
6
7
Push the HMI signal connector into the cabinet.
Take the HMI signal connector out.
Refitting the HMI signal connector
Refitting the HMI signal connector
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
xx1900001446
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
309
5 Repair
5.3.5 Replacing the HMI signal (FlexPendant) connector
Continued
3
Action Note/Illustration
Insert the HMI signal connector into the cover from inside the cabinet.
Secure it with the screws.
Screws: Torx, countersunk screw M4x10 (4 pcs)
4
5
Connect:
• TPU (X4) - K2.X9 & X13
Secure the cables on HMI signal connector into the clips on the cabinet.
Tip
Use the same position as from removing the HMI signal connector.
6 Refit the cover plate.
xx1900001923 xx1900001922
Continues on next page
310
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.3.5 Replacing the HMI signal (FlexPendant) connector
Continued
7
Action
Secure it with the screws.
Note/Illustration
Screws: Torx pan head screw M4x8 (3 pcs) xx1900001921
Concluding procedure
1
2
Action
Close the door.
Perform the function tests to verify that the safety features work properly, see
Note/Illustration
.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
311
5 Repair
5.3.6 Replacing the cable grommet assembly
5.3.6 Replacing the cable grommet assembly
Location
The illustration shows the location of the cable grommet assembly on the controller.
xx1900001481
Note
The end user need to buy proper grommets according to the diameter of the cables which need to go through the grommet.
This will affect the protection level of the cabinet if it's not executed correctly.
It is recommended to use icotek KT grommet.
Required spare parts
Note
The spare part numbers that are listed in the table can be out of date. See the latest spare parts of the OmniCore C90XT via myABB Business Portal, www.abb.com/myABB .
Spare part
Cable grommet asm
Article number
3HAC066396-001
Note
Continues on next page
312
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.3.6 Replacing the cable grommet assembly
Continued
Required tools and equipment
Equipment
Standard toolkit -
Article number Note
Content is defined in section
Standard toolkit for controller on page 417
.
ESD protective wrist band -
Required documents
Document Article number
Circuit diagram - OmniCore C90XT 3HAC065464-009
Note
Removing the cable grommet assembly
Preparations
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2
3
Open the door.
.
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
xx1900001446
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
313
5 Repair
5.3.6 Replacing the cable grommet assembly
Continued
Removing the cable grommet assembly
1
Action
Remove the cables out from the clips in the cabinet carefully.
Note/Illustration
Note
Make records about the sequence that cables are removed. The cables need to be installed in the same position.
2 Remove the attachment screws on the cover.
xx1900002340
3
4
Push the cable grommet assembly into the cabinet.
Take the cable grommet assembly out.
Releasing the cables from the cable grommet assembly
1
Action
Unscrew the cable entry frame from the enclosure wall.
Note/Illustration xx1900002332
Continues on next page
314
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.3.6 Replacing the cable grommet assembly
Continued
2
Action
Take out the cables with the cable entry frame through the cut-out.
Note/Illustration
3 Remove the attachment screws on the frame and cover strip.
xx1900002333
4 Remove the cover strip from the frame.
xx1900002334 xx1900002335
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
315
5 Repair
5.3.6 Replacing the cable grommet assembly
Continued
5
Action
Take out the grommets with the cables that need to be removed one by one.
Note/Illustration
Tip
Remove the grommets in the upper row first and then the second row.
6 Remove the cable from the corresponding KT grommet.
xx1900002336 xx1900002337
Continues on next page
316
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.3.6 Replacing the cable grommet assembly
Continued
Refitting the cable grommet assembly
Refitting the cables to the cable grommet assembly
1
Action
Insert and equip the cable to the corresponding KT grommet.
Note/Illustration
2 Slide the grommets into the frame halves.
Note
It must be ensured that the flat side of the grommets in the lower row are pointing to the open side of the frame half (flat sides pointing upwards).
Note
The fl at side of the grommets in the upper row have to point downwards so that all flat sides rest on each other. When using single row frames the fl at side has to point towards the cover strip.
xx1900002337 xx1900002336
3 Refit the cover strip onto the frame.
xx1900002335
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
317
5 Repair
5.3.6 Replacing the cable grommet assembly
Continued
4
Action Note/Illustration
Secure the frame and cover strip with the screws.
Screws: Hex socket head cap screw M5x50
12.9 Gleitmo 603+Geomet 500 (3 pcs)
Tightening torque: 2 Nm - 3 Nm.
5 Route the cables through the cut-out.
xx1900002334 xx1900002333
Continues on next page
318
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.3.6 Replacing the cable grommet assembly
Continued
6
Action Note/Illustration
Refit the cable entry frame to the enclosure wall and secure with the screws.
Screws: Torx pan head screw M4x8 (4 pcs)
Tightening torque: 1.5 Nm.
xx1900002332
Refitting the cable grommet assembly
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
xx1900001446
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
319
5 Repair
5.3.6 Replacing the cable grommet assembly
Continued
3
Action Note/Illustration
Insert the cable grommet assembly into the cover of the cabinet.
Secure it with the screws.
Screws: Torx pan head screw M4x8 (4 pcs) xx1900002340
Concluding procedure
1
2
Action
Close the door.
Perform the function tests to verify that the safety features work properly, see
Note/Illustration
.
320
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.3.7 Replacing the cable grommet assembly
5.3.7 Replacing the cable grommet assembly
Location
The illustration shows the location of the cable grommet assembly on the controller.
xx1900001480
Note
The end user need to buy proper grommets according to the diameter of the cables which need to go through the grommet.
This will affect the protection level of the cabinet if it's not executed correctly.
It is recommended to use icotek KT grommet.
Required spare parts
Note
The spare part numbers that are listed in the table can be out of date. See the latest spare parts of the OmniCore C90XT via myABB Business Portal, www.abb.com/myABB .
Spare part
Blind plate
Article number
3HAC069954-001
Note
Continues on next page
321 Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
5 Repair
5.3.7 Replacing the cable grommet assembly
Continued
Spare part
Cable grommet asm
Required tools and equipment
Equipment
Standard toolkit
Article number
3HAC066396-001
Note
-
Article number Note
Content is defined in section
Standard toolkit for controller on page 417
.
ESD protective wrist band -
Required documents
Document Article number
Circuit diagram - OmniCore C90XT 3HAC065464-009
Note
Removing the cable grommet assembly
Preparations
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2
3
Open the door.
.
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
xx1900001446
Continues on next page
322
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.3.7 Replacing the cable grommet assembly
Continued
Removing the cable grommet assembly
1
Action
Remove the cables out from the clips in the cabinet carefully.
Note/Illustration
Note
Make records about the sequence that cables are removed. The cables need to be installed in the same position.
2 Remove the attachment screws on the cover.
xx1900002445
3
4
Push the cable grommet assembly into the cabinet.
Take the cable grommet assembly out.
Releasing the cables from the cable grommet assembly
1
Action
Unscrew the cable entry frame from the enclosure wall.
Note/Illustration xx1900002332
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
323
5 Repair
5.3.7 Replacing the cable grommet assembly
Continued
2
Action
Take out the cables withe the cable entry frame through the cut-out.
Note/Illustration
3 Remove the attachment screws on the frame and cover strip together.
xx1900002333
4 Remove the cover strip from the frame.
xx1900002334 xx1900002335
Continues on next page
324
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.3.7 Replacing the cable grommet assembly
Continued
5
Action
Take out the grommets with the cables that need to be removed one by one.
Note/Illustration
Tip
Remove the grommets in the upper row first and then the second row.
6 Remove the cable form the corresponding KT grommet.
xx1900002336 xx1900002337
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
325
5 Repair
5.3.7 Replacing the cable grommet assembly
Continued
Refitting the cable grommet assembly
Refitting the cables to the cable grommet assembly
1
Action
Insert and equip the cable to the corresponding KT grommet.
Note/Illustration
2 Slide the grommets into the frame halves.
Note
It must be ensured that the flat side of the grommets in the lower row are pointing to the open side of the frame half (flat sides pointing upwards).
Note
The fl at side of the grommets in the upper row have to point downwards so that all flat sides rest on each other. When using single row frames the fl at side has to point towards the cover strip.
xx1900002337 xx1900002336
3 Refit the cover strip onto the frame.
Continues on next page
326 xx1900002335
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.3.7 Replacing the cable grommet assembly
Continued
4
Action Note/Illustration
Secure the frame and cover strip with the screws.
Screws: Hex socket head cap screw M5x50
12.9 Gleitmo 603+Geomet 500 (3 pcs)
Tightening torque: 2 Nm - 3 Nm.
5 Route the cables through the cut-out.
xx1900002334 xx1900002333
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
327
5 Repair
5.3.7 Replacing the cable grommet assembly
Continued
6
Action Note/Illustration
Refit the cable entry frame to the enclosure wall and secure with the screws.
Screws: Torx pan head screw M4x8 (4 pcs)
Tightening torque: 1.5 Nm.
xx1900002332
Refitting the cable grommet assembly
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
xx1900001446
Continues on next page
328
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.3.7 Replacing the cable grommet assembly
Continued
3
Action Note/Illustration
Insert the cable grommet assembly into the cover of the cabinet.
Secure it with the screws.
Screws: Torx pan head screw M4x8 (4 pcs) xx1900002340
Concluding procedure
1
2
Action
Close the door.
Perform the function tests to verify that the safety features work properly, see
Note/Illustration
.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
329
5 Repair
5.3.8 Replacing the harness ETH outlet with cable
5.3.8 Replacing the harness ETH outlet with cable
Location
The illustration shows the location of the harness ETH outlet with cable.
xx1900001482
Required spare parts
Note
The spare part numbers that are listed in the table can be out of date. See the latest spare parts of the OmniCore C90XT via myABB Business Portal, www.abb.com/myABB .
Spare part
Harness ETH outlet with cable
Article number
3HAC070053-001
Note
Required tools and equipment
Equipment
Standard toolkit -
Article number Note
Content is defined in section
Standard toolkit for controller on page 417
.
ESD protective wrist band -
Continues on next page
330
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.3.8 Replacing the harness ETH outlet with cable
Continued
Required documents
Document Article number
Circuit diagram - OmniCore C90XT 3HAC065464-009
Note
Removing the harness ETH outlet with cable
Preparations
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2
3
Open the door.
.
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
xx1900001446
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
331
5 Repair
5.3.8 Replacing the harness ETH outlet with cable
Continued
Removing the harness ETH outlet with cable
1
Action
Remove the screws.
Note/Illustration
2 Remove the cover plate.
xx1900001921 xx1900001922
Continues on next page
332
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.3.8 Replacing the harness ETH outlet with cable
Continued
3
Action
Remove the attachment screws on the door.
Note/Illustration xx1900001924
4
5
6
Push the harness ETH outlet with cable into the cabinet.
Disconnect:
• X24 - A2.X3
Remove the cables out from the clips in the cabinet carefully.
Note
Make records about the sequence that cables are removed. The cables need to be installed in the same position.
7 Take the harness ETH outlet with cable out from the upper side.
Refitting the harness ETH outlet with cable
Refitting the harness ETH outlet with cable
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
3 Insert the harness ETH outlet with cable into the cover from inner side of the cabinet.
Continues on next page
333 Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
5 Repair
5.3.8 Replacing the harness ETH outlet with cable
Continued
4
Action
Secure it with the attachment screws.
Note/Illustration
Screws: Torx, countersunk screw M4x10 (4 pcs)
5
6
Connect:
• X24 - A2.X3
Secure the harness ETH outlet with cables with the clips on the cabinet.
Tip
Use the same position as from removing the harness ETH outlet with cable.
7 Refit the cover plate.
xx1900001924 xx1900001922
Continues on next page
334
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
8
Action
Secure it with the screws.
5 Repair
5.3.8 Replacing the harness ETH outlet with cable
Continued
Note/Illustration
Screws: Torx pan head screw M4x8 (3 pcs) xx1900001921
Concluding procedure
1
2
Action
Close the door.
Perform the function tests to verify that the safety features work properly, see
Note/Illustration
.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
335
5 Repair
5.3.9 Replacing the LED indicator
5.3.9 Replacing the LED indicator
Location
The illustration shows the location of the LED indicator.
xx1900001483
Required spare parts
Note
The spare part numbers that are listed in the table can be out of date. See the latest spare parts of the OmniCore C90XT via myABB Business Portal, www.abb.com/myABB .
Spare part
LED indicator
Article number
3HAC065549-001
Note
Required tools and equipment
Equipment
Standard toolkit -
Article number Note
Content is defined in section
Standard toolkit for controller on page 417
.
ESD protective wrist band -
Continues on next page
336
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.3.9 Replacing the LED indicator
Continued
Required documents
Document Article number
Circuit diagram - OmniCore C90XT 3HAC065464-009
Note
Removing the LED indicator
Preparations
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2
3
Open the door.
.
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
Location of wrist strap button:
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
xx1900001446
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
337
5 Repair
5.3.9 Replacing the LED indicator
Continued
Removing the LED indicator
1
Action
Remove the screws.
Note/Illustration
2 Remove the cover plate.
xx1900001921 xx1900001922
Continues on next page
338
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.3.9 Replacing the LED indicator
Continued
3
Action
Loose the attachment screws locking the cable.
Note/Illustration xx1900001926
4
5
6
Remove the terminals (X1&X2) of the cable from the lamp.
Turn the MON_LAMP screw anti-clockwise to remove the screw.
Take the LED indicator out.
Refitting the LED indicator
Refitting the LED indicator
Action
1
DANGER
Before doing any work inside the cabinet, disconnect the mains power. For more information, see
Electrical safety on page 31 .
Note/Illustration
2
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
3 Insert the LED indicator into the cover from outer side of the door and the screw from inner side and screw them up.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
339
5 Repair
5.3.9 Replacing the LED indicator
Continued
4
Action
Insert the terminals (X1 & X2) of cables into the lamp and secure with the screws.
Note/Illustration
5 Refit the cover plate.
xx1900001926 xx1900001922
Continues on next page
340
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
6
Action
Secure it with the screws.
5 Repair
5.3.9 Replacing the LED indicator
Continued
Note/Illustration
Screws: Torx pan head screw M4x8 (3 pcs) xx1900001921
Concluding procedure
1
2
Action
Close the door.
Perform the function tests to verify that the safety features work properly, see
Note/Illustration
.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
341
5 Repair
5.4.1 Replacing the power cable and power cable cover
5.4 Replacing parts on the FlexPendant
5.4.1 Replacing the power cable and power cable cover
Location
The illustration shows the location of the power cable, power cable gasket, and power cable cover in the FlexPendant.
A
B xx1800001154
A
B
Power cable cover
Power cable
Required spare parts
Note
The spare part numbers that are listed in the table can be out of date. See the latest spare parts of the OmniCore C90XT via myABB Business Portal, www.abb.com/myABB .
Spare part
Harness TPU connection
Article number
3HAC069673-001
Note
Harness-TPU
Required tools and equipment
Equipment
Standard toolkit -
Article number Note
Content is defined in section
Standard toolkit for controller on page 417
.
Continues on next page
342
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.4.1 Replacing the power cable and power cable cover
Continued
Equipment
ESD protective wrist band -
Article number Note
Required documents
Document Article number
Circuit diagram - OmniCore C90XT 3HAC065464-009
Note
Removing the power cable and power cable cover
Action
1
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
Note/Illustration
2
3
Disconnect the FlexPendant from the controller.
Remove the attachment screws for the power cable cover.
4 Remove the power cable cover.
xx1800001189 xx1800001190
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
343
5 Repair
5.4.1 Replacing the power cable and power cable cover
Continued
5
Action
Disconnect two connectors to the Flex-
Pendant.
Note/Illustration
6 Remove the power cable.
xx1800001748 xx1800001192
Refitting the power cable and power cable cover
Action
1
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
Note/Illustration
Continues on next page
344
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
2
Action
Refit the power cable.
5 Repair
5.4.1 Replacing the power cable and power cable cover
Continued
Note/Illustration
3 Reconnect the power cable to the Flex-
Pendant.
xx1800001193 xx1800001748
4 Refit the power cable cover and tighten the screws.
Screws: Torx pan head screw M4x8 (3 pcs)
5 Perform the function tests to verify that the safety features work properly, see
xx1800001196
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
345
5 Repair
5.4.2 Replacing the joystick protection
5.4.2 Replacing the joystick protection
Location
The illustration shows the location of the joystick protection on the FlexPendant.
xx1800001197
Required spare parts
Note
The spare part numbers that are listed in the table can be out of date. See the latest spare parts of the OmniCore C90XT via myABB Business Portal, www.abb.com/myABB .
Spare part
Joystick guard
Article number
3HAC065408-001
Note
Required tools and equipment
Equipment
Standard toolkit -
Article number Note
Content is defined in section
Standard toolkit for controller on page 417
.
Required documents
Document Article number
Circuit diagram - OmniCore C90XT 3HAC065464-009
Note
Continues on next page
346
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.4.2 Replacing the joystick protection
Continued
Removing the joystick protection
Action
1
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
Note/Illustration
2
3
Disconnect the FlexPendant from the controller.
Remove the attachment screws.
4 Remove the joystick protection.
xx1800001198 xx1800001199
Refitting the joystick protection
Action
1
ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE
(ESD)
The unit is sensitive to ESD. Before handling the unit read the safety information in section
Note/Illustration
Continues on next page
347 Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
5 Repair
5.4.2 Replacing the joystick protection
Continued
2
Action
Refit the joystick protection.
Note/Illustration
3 Secure the screws.
xx1800001200 xx1800001206
Countersunk head screw: ST2.9 X 10 (6 pcs)
348
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
5 Repair
5.4.3 Replacing the fasten strip
5.4.3 Replacing the fasten strip
Location
The illustration shows the location of the fasten strip on the FlexPendant.
xx1900000771
Required spare parts
Note
The spare part numbers that are listed in the table can be out of date. See the latest spare parts of the OmniCore C90XT via myABB Business Portal, www.abb.com/myABB .
Spare part
Fasten strip
Article number
3HAC065419-001
Note
Replacing the fasten strip
1
2
3
4
Action
Open the velcro on the fasten strip.
Take the fasten strip out from the holes.
Insert the new fasten strip into the holes one by one.
Secure the velcro in a suitable length.
Note/Illustration
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
349
This page is intentionally left blank
6 Decommissioning
6.1 Introduction
6 Decommissioning
6.1 Introduction
Introduction
This section contains information to consider when taking a product, robot or controller, out of operation.
It deals with how to handle potentially dangerous components and potentially hazardous materials.
General
All used grease/oils and dead batteries must be disposed of in accordance with the current legislation of the country in which the robot and the control unit are installed.
If the robot or the control unit is partially or completely disposed of, the various parts must be grouped together according to their nature (which is all iron together and all plastic together), and disposed of accordingly. These parts must also be disposed of in accordance with the current legislation of the country in which the robot and control unit are installed.
Disposal of storage media
Before disposal of any storage equipment (anything from an SD card to a complete controller), make sure that all sensitive information has been deleted.
Tip
To remove all data from the OmniCore controller, use the Delete user data function (part of Delete RobotWare system function) in RobotWare. See
Operating manual - Integrator's guide OmniCore .
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
351
6 Decommissioning
6.2 Environmental information
6.2 Environmental information
Symbol
The following symbol indicates that the product must not be disposed of as common garbage. Handle each product according to local regulations for the respective content (see table below).
xx1800000058
Hazardous material
The table specifies some of the materials in the product and their respective use throughout the product.
Dispose components properly according to local regulations to prevent health or environmental hazards.
Material
Aluminium
Batteries, Lithium
Copper
Example application
Heat sinks on power supplies and drive units
Main computer
Cables
Plastic/rubber
Silicone
Cables, connectors, etc.
Power supply i i
Steel Cabinet structure, plates, screws, etc.
The product does not contain silicone by design but there might be a minimal risk of contamination during production.
Continues on next page
352
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
6 Decommissioning
6.2 Environmental information
Continued
China RoHS symbol
The following symbol shows the information to hazardous substances and the environmental protection use period of OmniCore C90XT according to "Management
Methods for the Restriction of the Use of Hazardous Substances in Electrical and
Electronic Products (SJ/T 11364-2014) ".
xx1900000803
Green symbol with "e" in it: The product does not contain any hazardous substances exceeding concentration limits and is a green environmentally friendly product which can be recycled.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
353
This page is intentionally left blank
7 Troubleshooting
7.1 Introduction to troubleshooting
7 Troubleshooting
7.1 Introduction to troubleshooting
Introduction
The product manual and the circuit diagram contains information that can be good when troubleshooting.
For OmniCore, all event logs from the software can be seen on the FlexPendant, or in Technical reference manual - Event logs for RobotWare 7 .
Make sure to read through the section
before starting.
Troubleshooting strategies
1 Isolate the fault to pinpoint the cause of the problem from consequential problems.
2 Divide the fault chain in two.
3 Check communication parameters and cables.
4 Check that the software version is compatible with the hardware.
Work systematically
1 Take a look around to make sure that all screws, connectors, and cables are secured, and that the robot and other parts are clean, not damaged, and correctly fitted.
2 Replace one thing at a time.
3 Do not replace units randomly.
4 Make sure that there are no loose screws, turnings, or other unexpected parts remaining after work has been performed.
5 When the work is completed, verify that the safety functions are working as intended.
Keep a track of history
• Make a historical fault log to keep track of problems over time.
• Consult those working with the robot when the problem occurred.
Basic scenarios
What to look for during troubleshooting depends on when the fault occurred. Was the robot recently installed or was it recently repaired? The following table gives hints on what to look for in specific situations.
The robot has recently been installed
Check:
• the configuration files
• connectors
• options and their configuration
• changes in the robot working area/movements.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
355
7 Troubleshooting
7.1 Introduction to troubleshooting
Continued
The robot has recently been repaired
Check:
• all connections to the replaced part
• power supplies
• that the correct part has been fitted
• the last repair documents.
The robot recently had a software upgrade
Check:
• software versions
• compatibilities between hardware and software
• options and their configuration
The robot has recently been moved from one site to another (an already working robot)
Check:
• connections
• software versions
356
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
7 Troubleshooting
7.2 Troubleshooting fault symptoms
7.2 Troubleshooting fault symptoms
Fault symptoms described in this manual
This manual describes how to troubleshoot the following fault symptoms:
•
No LEDs are lit on the controller on page 358
•
•
Problem releasing the robot brakes on page 365
•
Problem starting or connecting the FlexPendant on page 369
•
Problem using the joystick on page 373
•
Controller fails to start on page 374
•
Reflashing firmware failure on page 375
•
Inconsistent path accuracy on page 376
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
357
7 Troubleshooting
7.2.1 No LEDs are lit on the controller
7.2.1 No LEDs are lit on the controller
Description
No LEDs at all are lit in the controller.
Required test equipment
Equipment needed for troubleshooting:
Equipment
Multimeter
Insulating gloves
Note
Preparations
1
2
Action
Make sure that the controller is switched on.
Wait 30 s - 1 min to enable start-up sequence.
Check the FlexPendant for errors and warnings.
DANGER
Troubleshooting on the controller while powered on must be performed by personnel trained by ABB or by ABB field engineers.
Recommended working procedure
If no LEDs are lit on the controller during start-up, use this procedure to troubleshoot what might cause the problem.
Look at the following block diagram to understand how power is connected from incoming and forward.
Block diagram
AC input Power inlet
X0
Main switch
Q0
PE
Power unit
A1
X1 X6
X9
AC
LED
Power supply
X1 T2 X2
PS
LED
Robot signal
X2 exchange
X1 proxy
K2
X13
24V HMI
HMI
LED
MS
LED
X4
24V PC
PC
LED
X1
Main computer
A2
HMI connection
X4
24V HMI
FlexPendant
24V SYS DRV xx2000000443
Continues on next page
358
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
7 Troubleshooting
7.2.1 No LEDs are lit on the controller
Continued
Troubleshooting flowchart
No LEDs are lit
Not lit
Off
Check switch Q0
On
Switch on Q0
Check input power
Abnormal
Troubleshoot mains
Normal
Connection not ok
Check connector X0 Repair connection
Connection ok
Check AC input cable
Broken cable
Replace cable
Cable ok
Abnormal
Check Q0 power out
Ok
Replace Q0
Abnormal
Check T2.X1
Ok
Troubleshoot power unit
Troubleshoot power supply
Ok
Check LED status
Lit
Problem solved xx2000000444
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
359
7 Troubleshooting
7.2.1 No LEDs are lit on the controller
Continued
Detailed working procedure
1
Action
Make sure that the power inlet switch (Q0) has been switched on.
Note
2
3 xx2000000445
Make sure that the system is supplied with power.
• Measure incoming mains voltage and make sure the voltage is within the normal range.
• Make sure that the circuit breaker (if used) is closed.
Use a multimeter and insulating gloves.
If the incoming power is not ok, the problem is not in the robot controller. Troubleshoot the incoming power.
Check that the connector (X0) is properly connected.
4
5
6
7
Tip
For more details, see Circuit diagram - OmniCore
C90XT .
Check that the AC input cable is properly connected.
Check the output voltage of (Q0).
• Make sure that (Q0) is closed.
Use a multimeter and insulating gloves.
Replace if damaged, see
Replacing the power inlet on page 302 .
Check connector T2.X1.
If abnormal, see
Troubleshooting the power unit on page 382 .
Troubleshoot the power supply unit.
Troubleshooting the power supply on page 401
.
360
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
7 Troubleshooting
7.2.2 Start-up failure
7.2.2 Start-up failure
Description
The following are possible symptoms of a start-up failure:
1 The LEDs are not lit on some units.
2 Earth fault protection trips.
3 Miniature circuit breakers/fuses trips.
4 Unable to load the system software.
Required test equipment
Equipment needed for troubleshooting:
Equipment
Multimeter
Insulating gloves
Circuit diagram - OmniCore C90XT
Note
3HAC065464-009
Preparations
1
2
Action
Make sure that the controller is switched on.
Wait 30 s - 1 min to enable start-up sequence.
Check the FlexPendant for errors and warnings.
DANGER
Troubleshooting on the controller while powered on must be performed by personnel trained by ABB or by ABB field engineers.
Recommended working procedure
If there seems to be a power failure during start-up, use this procedure to troubleshoot what might cause the problem.
Look at the following block diagram to understand how power is connected from incoming and forward.
Block diagram
AC input Power inlet
X0
Main switch
Q0
PE
Power unit
A1
X1 X6
X9
AC
LED
Power supply
X1 T2 X2
PS
LED
X1
Robot signal exchange proxy
K2
X2
X13
24V PC
PC
LED
24V HMI
HMI
LED
MS
LED
X4
X1
Main computer
A2
HMI connection
X4
24V HMI
FlexPendant
24V SYS DRV xx2000000443
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
361
7 Troubleshooting
7.2.2 Start-up failure
Continued
Troubleshooting flowchart
Start-up failure
Check LED AC
Green
Red or flashing
Troubleshoot power unit A1
Check LED PS
Green
Not lit
Troubleshoot power supply T2
Check LEDs:
MS, PC, HMI
Green
Not lit
Troubleshoot robot signal exchange proxy K2
Check LEDs:
PC PWR, PC HDD,
PC STAT
Lit
Not lit Troubleshoot main computer
Problem solved xx1800001829
Detailed working procedure
1
Action
Look at the LED PS.
Continues on next page
362
2 Look at the LED MS.
Note
LED PS should be green.
• If not, see
Troubleshooting the power supply on page 401
.
• If the power supply is ok, see
Troubleshooting the power unit on page 382 .
• If the power unit is ok, check that the power inlet is properly connected and the power inlet switch is turned on.
For more details about the LEDs, see
Troubleshooting the robot signal exchange proxy on page 407 .
LED MS should be green.
• If not, see
Troubleshooting the robot signal exchange proxy on page 407
.
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
7 Troubleshooting
7.2.2 Start-up failure
Continued
3
4
Action
Look at the LED AC.
Look at the LEDs PC and HMI.
5 Look at the LEDs PC PWR, PC HDD, and PC
STAT.
6 If the problem remains, contact ABB.
Note
LED AC should be green.
• If not, see
Troubleshooting the power unit on page 382 .
• If the power unit is ok, check that the power inlet is well connected and the power inlet switch is turned on.
LED PC and LED HMI should be green.
• If not, see
Troubleshooting the robot signal exchange proxy on page 407
For more details about the LEDs, see
Troubleshooting the main computer on page 398
.
Tip
For more details, see Circuit diagram - OmniCore C90XT .
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
363
7 Troubleshooting
7.2.3 System update failure
7.2.3 System update failure
Description
In certain scenarios, such as removing or adding certain optional features or major upgrades of installed software products versions, the previous backup may be incompatible with the newly re-configured system. Automatically reloading backup can therefore fail, resulting in system failure state.
For more information about system update, see Operating manual - Integrator's guide OmniCore .
Recommended working procedure
If there is a system update failure, the RobotWare system must be reset, which will bring the system state to the default empty state for the current configuration.
See Operating manual - Integrator's guide OmniCore for detailed information regarding system reset.
After reset, it is possible to:
A Go forward with the new configuration by re-implementing your programs and configuration, or selectively reloading contents of the previous system backup
B Rollback the changes in the system configuration, that is, make a new system update and load the previous backup, and then manually update as needed
C Perform a complete re-installation of the RobotWare System using RobotWare
Installation Utilities and then reloading the previous backup.
See Operating manual - Integrator's guide OmniCore .
364
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
7 Troubleshooting
7.2.4 Problem releasing the robot brakes
7.2.4 Problem releasing the robot brakes
Description
Required test equipment
Equipment needed for troubleshooting:
Equipment
Multimeter
Insulating gloves
Circuit diagram - OmniCore C90XT
Note
3HAC065464-009
Preparations
When starting robot operation or jogging the robot, the internal robot brakes must release in order to allow movement.
1
2
Action
Make sure that the controller is switched on.
Wait 30 s - 1 min to enable start-up sequence.
Check the FlexPendant for errors and warnings.
DANGER
Troubleshooting on the controller while powered on must be performed by personnel trained by ABB or by ABB field engineers.
Recommended working procedure
If the brakes do not release, no robot movement is possible and a number of error log messages can occur. Use this procedure to troubleshoot what might cause the problem.
Look at the following block diagram to understand how power is connected from incoming and forward.
Block diagram
Contactor
Q1 & Q2
X2
Brake signal
X6
Robot signal exchange proxy K2
X7
Brake signal
Power unit
A1
Motor connector
X1 Floor cable
Manipulator xx1800001835
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
365
7 Troubleshooting
7.2.4 Problem releasing the robot brakes
Continued
Troubleshooting flowchart
Problem releasing brakes
Check connec!on from X1 to manipulator
Connec!on ok
Connec!on not ok
Repair connec!on
Check LED PS
Solid green
Not lit
Check LEDs:
MS, PC, HMI
Abnormal
Solid green (all 3)
Troubleshoot power supply T2
Troubleshoot
- robot signal exchange proxy K2
- power supply
- power unit
- main computer
- FlexPendant
Measure power on
K2.X7
Power is ok
No power
Check connec!on from K2.X7 to X1
Connec!on not ok
Connec!on is ok
Check connec!on
K2.X6 to A1.X2
Connec!on not ok
Connec!on is ok
Brake not ok
Test the brake
Brake is ok
Not ok
Test the brake release
Brake release is ok
Problem solved xx1800001836
Repair connec!on
Troubleshoot
- brake release on manipulator
-main computer A2
- robot signal exchange proxy K2
- power unit A1
Contact ABB
Continues on next page
366
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
7 Troubleshooting
7.2.4 Problem releasing the robot brakes
Continued
Detailed working procedure
1
Action
Check that the floor cable is connected from the manipulator to the motor connector X1.
Visually inspect the cable for damage or extensive bending marks.
Tip
Note
• If the cable is damaged, replace to a new cable and go to step
• If the cable is not connected, repair the connection and go to step
.
• If the cable is ok, go to the next step.
For more details, see Circuit diagram - OmniCore
C90XT .
2
3
4
5
6
Look at the LED PS on the front of the robot signal exchange proxy. LED PS should be solid green.
For more details about the LEDs, see
Troubleshooting the robot signal exchange proxy on page 407 .
• If it is not green, see
Troubleshooting the power supply on page 401 .
Look at the LED MS, LED PC and LED HMI. All
LEDs should be solid green.
• If LED MS is not green, see
Troubleshooting the robot signal exchange proxy on page 407
.
• If LED PC or LED HMI are not green, see
Troubleshooting the power supply on page 401 .
• If the power supply is ok, see
Troubleshooting the power unit on page 382 .
• If the power unit is ok, check that the power inlet is connected and the power inlet switch is turned on.
• If the LED PC is green, but
LED PC_PWR on the main computer is not green, see
Troubleshooting the main computer on page 398 .
• If the LED HMI is green, but the FlexPendant is not starting, see
Troubleshooting the FlexPendant on page 379
.
Measure the power on K2.X7.
Tip
For more details, see Circuit diagram - OmniCore
C90XT .
Use a multimeter and insulating gloves.
• If there is no power, repair the connection and go to step
.
• If it is ok, go to the next step.
Check that the connection from the robot signal exchange proxy to the motor connector is ok:
• K2.X7 - X1.
Check that the connection from main computer to the robot signal exchange proxy is ok:
• K2.X6 - A1.X2
• If it is not, repair the connection and go to step
.
• If it is ok, go to the next step.
• If it is not, repair the connection and go to step
.
• If it is ok, go to the next step.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
Continues on next page
367
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
7 Troubleshooting
7.2.4 Problem releasing the robot brakes
Continued
7
Action
Try jogging the robot.
8 Check that the brake release function is ok.
Note
• If it is not working properly, the brake release board on the manipulator might be broken. Contact your local
ABB for more information.
• If the brakes work normally, troubleshoot the main computer, the robot signal exchange proxy, and the power unit, one by one. If needed, replace faulty units.
Go to step
For more details on how to release the brakes, see the robot's product manual.
• If it is not ok, contact your local ABB.
368
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
7 Troubleshooting
7.2.5 Problem starting or connecting the FlexPendant
7.2.5 Problem starting or connecting the FlexPendant
Description
The FlexPendant is not responding, either completely or intermittently.
No entries are possible, and no functions are available.
Note
If protective gloves are used, these must be compatible with touchscreens when using the FlexPendant.
The FlexPendant starts but does not display the main interface.
xx1800000722
Required test equipment
Equipment needed for troubleshooting:
Equipment
Multimeter
Insulating gloves
Circuit diagram - OmniCore C90XT
Note
3HAC065464-009
Preparations
1
2
Action
Make sure that the controller is switched on.
Wait 30 s - 1 min to enable start-up sequence.
Check the FlexPendant for errors and warnings.
DANGER
Troubleshooting on the controller while powered on must be performed by personnel trained by ABB or by ABB field engineers.
Continues on next page
369 Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
7 Troubleshooting
7.2.5 Problem starting or connecting the FlexPendant
Continued
Recommended working procedure
If the FlexPendant starts but does not display the main interface during the start-up, use this procedure to troubleshoot what might cause the problem.
Look at the following block diagram to understand how power is connected from incoming and forward.
Block diagram
24V SYS
X1
Safety controller
A2.K3
X6
X7
Main
X6 computer A2
Dual channel control & feedback
Ethernet
Robot signal exchange proxy K2 X3
X13
X12
X8 X9
ES & EN & MON & 24V HMI
HMI
LED
Ethernet
MS
LED
X2
HMI connection
X4
FlexPendant
X1
24V PC
PC
LED xx1800001830
Continues on next page
370
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
7 Troubleshooting
7.2.5 Problem starting or connecting the FlexPendant
Continued
Troubleshooting flowchart
Problem starting or connecting the FlexPendant
Connection not ok
Check connector X4
Connection ok
Check LEDs:
HMI & PC
Green
Not lit
Check FlexPendant cable
Cable ok
Cable damaged
Check connection
K2.X9 to X4
Connection not ok
Repair connection
Troubleshoot robot signal exchange proxy K2
Replace FlexPendant cable
Check:
K2.X8 - A2.X6
K2.X2 - A2.X1
K2.X12 - A2.K3.X6,7
K2.X3 - A2.K3.X1
Connection not ok
Connections ok
Replace FlexPendant
Not starting
Start FlexPendant
Ok
Problem solved xx1800001831
Detailed working procedure
1
Action
Try resetting the FlexPendant using the reset button located next to the USB port.
Note
See Operating manual - OmniCore .
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
371
7 Troubleshooting
7.2.5 Problem starting or connecting the FlexPendant
Continued
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Action Note
Check that the FlexPendant cable is correctly connected to the controller through the HMI signal connector, X4.
If it is not connected, repair the connection and go to step six.
Check the pins in the connector.
If it is ok, go to the next step.
Check the LED PC and LED HMI, they should be green.
For more details about the LEDs, see
Troubleshooting the robot signal exchange proxy on page 407 .
• If the LEDs are not green, see
Troubleshooting the robot signal exchange proxy on page 407 .
• If they are ok, go to the next step.
Check the FlexPendant cable for any damage.
Check that the connection from the robot signal exchange proxy to the HMI signal connector is ok, K2.X9, 13 - X4.
Check that the connection from the robot signal exchange proxy to the main computer is ok:
•
•
K2.X8 - A2.X6
K2.X2 - A2.X1
• K2.X12 - A2.K3.X6,7
• K2.X3 - A2.K3.X1
• If damage is found, replace the FlexPendant cable and go to step six.
• If it is ok, go to the next step.
• If it is not ok, repair the connection and go to step six.
• If it is ok, go to the next step.
• If any connection fails, repair the connection and go to step six.
• If the connections are ok, go to the next step.
If possible, test by connecting another FlexPendant. This is to eliminate the FlexPendant and cable as error sources; Test the FlexPendant with a different controller to eliminate the controller as error source.
Check that the FlexPendant works normally.
If it is not ok, contact your local
ABB.
Tip
This is detailed in section
.
372
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
7 Troubleshooting
7.2.6 Problem using the joystick
7.2.6 Problem using the joystick
Description
The FlexPendant is started and responds when pushing buttons or using the touchscreen but the joystick is not working. It is therefore not possible to jog the robot.
If there are warnings or messages on the FlexPendant, see
Problem releasing the robot brakes on page 365
.
Recommended working procedure
1
2
3
4
Action Information
Make sure that the joystick lock is not activated.
See Operating manual - OmniCore .
Make sure the controller is in manual mode.
Make sure the FlexPendant is connected correctly to the controller.
Press the reset button located next to the USB port on the back of the FlexPendant.
If the joystick is still not working, then replace the FlexPendant.
Note
The reset button only resets the FlexPendant, not the system on the controller.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
373
7 Troubleshooting
7.2.7 Controller fails to start
7.2.7 Controller fails to start
Description
The system has startup problems or the FlexPendant cannot connect to the system.
Function description
The robot controller always runs in one of the following two modes:
• Normal operation mode (a user-created system is selected to run)
• RobotWare Installation Utilities mode (advanced maintenance mode)
In rare occasions, a serious error (in the software or the configuration of the installed system), may prevent the controller from starting properly in the normal operation mode. A typical case is when a controller is restarted after a network configuration change, causing the controller to be non-responsive from FlexPendant, RobotStudio, or FTP. To restore the robot controller from this situation, the controller can be forced to start in RobotWare Installation Utilities mode.
Forcing startup of the RobotWare Installation Utilities mode
Repeat the following action two times in a row:
1 Turn on the main power switch.
2 Wait for approximately 15 seconds.
Note
The PC STAT LED should be in flashing red state.
3 Turn off the main power switch.
The installed system is de-selected and in the next startup, the RobotWare
Installation Utilities mode is started.
This has no effect if the controller is already in RobotWare Installation Utilities mode.
Note
Force starting the RobotWare Installation Utilities mode will not affect the files in the directories belonging to the installed system.
See also
Troubleshooting the main computer on page 398
.
How to install systems is described in Operating manual - Integrator's guide
OmniCore .
374
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
7 Troubleshooting
7.2.8 Reflashing firmware failure
7.2.8 Reflashing firmware failure
Description
When reflashing firmware, the automatic process can fail which will stop the system.
A message is generated in the event log.
This fault usually occurs due to a lack of compatibility between hardware and software.
Recommended working procedure
If the controller stops with a message about firmware failure, use this procedure to troubleshoot what might cause the problem.
3
4
1
2
5
Action
Read the message to see which unit has failed.
If the relevant unit has been replaced recently, make sure that the versions of the old and the new unit are identical.
Check the software versions.
If RobotWare has been updated recently, make sure that the versions of the old and the new unit are identical.
If the problem remains, contact your local ABB for information about which firmware version is compatible with your hardware.
Note
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
375
7 Troubleshooting
7.2.9 Inconsistent path accuracy
7.2.9 Inconsistent path accuracy
Description
The path of the robot TCP is not consistent. It varies from time to time, and is sometimes accompanied by noise emerging from bearings, gearboxes, or other locations.
Possible causes
The symptom can be caused by (the causes are listed in order of probability):
• Robot not calibrated correctly.
• Robot TCP not correctly defined.
• Parallel bar damaged (applies to robots fitted with parallel bars only).
• Mechanical joint between motor and gearbox damaged. This often causes noise to be emitted from the faulty motor.
• Bearings damaged or worn (especially if the path inconsistency is coupled with clicking or grinding noises from one or more bearings).
• The wrong robot type may be connected to the controller.
• The brakes may not be releasing correctly.
Recommended working procedure
The path accuracy depends on many factors. The following table describes the most common causes of problems with the path accuracy. Depending on your installation, the recommended working procedure is to work step by step, starting with the step that seems most plausible given your circumstances.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Action Note
Study the path of the robot in motion, to find if an external force, for example, an external cable package, is colliding with or restricting the movement of the robot.
Remove the obstacles.
In high temperature environments, the material in the robot can expand, thereby causing inconsistent path accuracy.
Improve the ventilation around the robot.
Make sure the robot tool and work object are correctly defined.
How to define these are described in Operating manual - OmniCore .
Check the positions of the revolution counters.
Update if required.
If required, re-calibrate the robot axes.
How to calibrate the robot is described in the product manual for the robot.
If you hear noise that has not been there before, locate the source to define if a motor or bearing is faulty.
Study the path of the robot TCP to establish which axis, and thus which motor, may be faulty.
Replace the faulty motor, gearbox, or bearing as specified in the product manual for the robot.
Check the trueness of the parallel bar
(applies to robots fitted with parallel bars only).
Replace the faulty parallel bar as specified in the product manual for the robot.
Continues on next page
376
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
7 Troubleshooting
7.2.9 Inconsistent path accuracy
Continued
8
9
10
Action Note
Make sure the correct robot type is connected as specified in the system.
Update the system with the correct robot type, see Operating manual - Integrator's guide OmniCore .
Make sure the robot brakes work properly.
Proceed as detailed in section
Problem releasing the robot brakes on page 365
.
If applicable: Check the setting for the swivel.
The swivel has an in-built resistance that needs to be set in the system parameters.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
377
7 Troubleshooting
7.3.1 Troubleshooting LEDs in the controller
7.3 Troubleshooting units
7.3.1 Troubleshooting LEDs in the controller
Description
The controller features a number of indication LEDs, which provide important information for troubleshooting purposes. If no LEDs light up at all when switching the system on, troubleshoot as detailed in this section.
All LEDs on the respective units, and their significance, are described in the following sections.
Units with LEDs in the controller
Drive unit
Power unit
Scalable I/O
ABB Ability™ Connected Services
Ethernet switch
Axis computer
Main computer
Power supply
Fieldbus adapter slave
Robot signal exchange proxy
Troubleshooting the drive unit on page 380
Troubleshooting the power unit on page 382
Troubleshooting fieldbuses and I/O on page 387
Troubleshooting the Connected Services Gateway on page 388
Troubleshooting the Ethernet switch on page 394
Troubleshooting the axis computer on page 396
Troubleshooting the main computer on page 398
Troubleshooting the power supply on page 401
Troubleshooting the fieldbus adapter slave on page 406
Troubleshooting the robot signal exchange proxy on page 407
378
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
7 Troubleshooting
7.3.2 Troubleshooting the FlexPendant
7.3.2 Troubleshooting the FlexPendant
Description
The FlexPendant communicates with the main computer. The FlexPendant is physically connected to the panel board. The cable contains the +24 V supply, two enabling device chains and emergency stop.
Procedure
The procedure below describes what to do if the FlexPendant does not work correctly.
1
2
Action
Try resetting the FlexPendant using the reset button located next to the USB port.
Note
See Operating manual - Omni-
Core .
If the FlexPendant is not responding or does not operate correctly, see
Problem starting or connecting the FlexPendant on page 369
.
Note
If protective gloves are used, these must be compatible with touchscreens when using the FlexPendant.
3
4
5
Check the cable for connections and integrity.
Check the 24 V power supply.
Read the error event log message and follow any instructions of references.
For more information on the FlexPendant, see Operating manual - OmniCore .
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
379
7 Troubleshooting
7.3.3 Troubleshooting the drive unit
7.3.3 Troubleshooting the drive unit
Location
The illustration shows the location of the drive unit in the controller.
LEDs xx1900001471
The illustration below shows the indication LEDs on the drive unit.
OmniCore C90XT
B C
A B A xx1800000575
A
B
C
Ethernet LEDs (yellow)
Ethernet LEDs (green)
Status LED
Continues on next page
380
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
7 Troubleshooting
7.3.3 Troubleshooting the drive unit
Continued
Description Significance
Ethernet LEDs Shows the status of Ethernet communication between the drive unit and the power unit.
Green:
• Off: 10 Mbps data rate is selected.
• On: 100 Mbps data rate is selected.
Yellow:
• Flashing: The two units are communicating on the Ethernet channel.
• Steady: A LAN link is established.
• Off: A LAN link is not established.
Drive unit status
LED
The status indicator LED can be used to identify the following status during startup/power on:
1 Red, steady: Default when power is available.
2 Red, flashing: Power is on, self-test is ongoing, operating system is loading.
3 Green, flashing: Application is loaded and waiting for communication.
4 Green, steady: Drive unit is operational.
If the LED does not turn steady green after 30-60 sec, the status indicator
LED can be used to identify the following issues:
• No color: Power to the drive unit is missing.
• Red, steady: Internal error.
• Red, flashing: Firmware error or self-test failure.
• Green, flashing: Communication error to another module.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
381
7 Troubleshooting
7.3.4 Troubleshooting the power unit
7.3.4 Troubleshooting the power unit
Location
The illustration below shows the location of the power unit in the controller.
LEDs xx1900001469
The illustration below shows the LEDs on the power unit.
OmniCore C90XT
A B A B C
A
B
C xx1800000576
Ethernet LEDs (yellow)
Ethernet LEDs (green)
Status LED
Continues on next page
382
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
7 Troubleshooting
7.3.4 Troubleshooting the power unit
Continued
Description
Power unit status
LED
The status indicator LED can be used to identify the following status during startup/power on:
1 Red, steady: Default when power is available.
2 Red, flashing: Power is on, self-test is ongoing, operating system is loading.
3 Green, flashing: Application is loaded and waiting for communication.
4 Green, steady: Power unit is operational.
If the LED does not turn steady green after 30-60sec, then the status indicator LED can be used to identify the following issues:
• No color: Power to the power unit is missing.
• Red, steady: Internal error.
• Red, flashing: Firmware error or self-test failure.
• Green, flashing: Communication error to another module.
Required test equipment
Equipment needed for troubleshooting:
Equipment
Multimeter
Insulating gloves
Circuit diagram - OmniCore C90XT
Note
3HAC065464-009
Preparations
1
2
3
Action
Check the FlexPendant for errors and warnings.
Power the controller off. Wait one minute, power the controller on.
Make sure that the control system power supply is in run-time mode.
Wait 30-60 seconds after power-on.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
383
7 Troubleshooting
7.3.4 Troubleshooting the power unit
Continued
Troubleshooting flowchart
Trouble shooting power unit
Check contactors
Q1,Q2 & X2
Connection not ok
Repair connection
Ok
Turn on power and wait 1 minute
Repair connection
Not lit or solid red
DC = 24V
Check LED MS
Green
Measure X5, X9, 24V
DC input voltage
DC < 24V
Check LEDs of
Ethernet ports X3,
X12
Normal
Connection not ok
Check connection to robot signal exchange proxy
A1.X9 - K2.X4
Connection ok
Measure X13,
AC OK signal
0 V
Measure X6, X7,
AC output voltage
Abnormal
Normal
Flashing red or flashing red/green
Abnormal
24 V
Repair connection
Check connection of Ethernet cables
Connection ok
Measure X1,
AC input voltage
Abnormal
Replace power unit
Connection not ok
Normal
Repair connection
Troubleshoot power supply
Troubleshoot robot signal exchange proxy
Check elog
DC-link voltage
Normal
Warning
Power unit is ok
Check connection power inlet to power unit
Connection ok
Troubleshoot no
LEDs are lit
Connection not ok xx1800002357
Continues on next page
384
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
7 Troubleshooting
7.3.4 Troubleshooting the power unit
Continued
Troubleshooting procedure
The troubleshooting table is supposed to be used as a detailed instruction together with the troubleshooting flowchart.
1
2
3
4
5
Action
Check the connections between connectors Q1, Q2 & X2.
Tip
For more details, see Circuit diagram - OmniCore C90XT .
Note
Open the door of the controller and check the connections between connectors Q1, Q2 & adapter X2.
How to open the controller is described in
Opening the robot controller on page 174
.
• If the connection is OK, proceed with step
.
• If there is a problem with the connection, repair the connection and start over.
Power on the controller. Check the indicator LED MS on the power unit.
Make sure that the controller power supply is in run-time mode.
Wait at least 1 min after power-on.
If the LED MS is:
• Green, proceed with step
• Flashing red/green: a firmware upgrade error has occurred. This is not supposed to happen during runtime mode, proceed with step
• Pulsing red: replace the power unit, step
.
• Not lit or red: The controller does not have sufficient DC input voltage. Proceed with step
.
Measure the 24 V DC input voltage to the power unit.
• X5
• X9
Use a multimeter and insulating gloves.
The input voltage should be 24 V.
Make sure that connectors X5, X9 are connected properly on both ends.
• If the 24 V DC input voltage is normal, proceed with step
• If the 24 V DC input voltage is abnormal, proceed with the next step.
Check connection to the robot signal exchange proxy.
• A1.X9 (Power unit) - K2.X4
If the connection is OK, proceed with the next step.
If there is a problem with the connection, repair the connection and go to step
Measure the AC output voltage.
Use a multimeter and insulating gloves.
The output voltage should be 230 V.
Make sure that connectors X6, X7 are connected properly on both ends.
• If the output voltage is normal,
Troubleshooting the power supply on page 401
, and then
Troubleshooting the robot signal exchange proxy on page 407 .
• If the output voltage is abnormal, proceed with step
.
xx1900000043
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
385
7 Troubleshooting
7.3.4 Troubleshooting the power unit
Continued
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Action Note
Measure the AC input voltage.
• A1.X1 - A1.K1
Check the connection from the power inlet to the power unit.
Check the LEDs of the Ethernet ports X3, X12 on the power unit.
Check the connection of the Ethernet cables.
Use a multimeter and insulating gloves.
The AC input voltage should be 230 V.
Make sure that connector X1 is connected properly on both ends.
• If the input voltage is normal, proceed with step
• If the input voltage is abnormal, proceed with the next step.
• If the connection is OK, troubleshoot
LEDs are lit on the controller on page 358 .
• If there is a problem with the connection, repair the connection and start over.
• If the LEDs are normal, proceed with step
.
• If the LEDs are abnormal, proceed with the next step.
• If the connection is OK, proceed with step
• If there is a problem with the connection, repair the connection and go to step
Measure the AC OK signal.
Check event log if there is a message about DC-link voltage.
Use a multimeter and insulating gloves.
The AC OK should be 0 V.
Make sure that connector X13 is connected properly on both ends.
• If the AC OK signal is 24 V, proceed with step
• If the AC OK signal is 0 V, proceed with the next step.
If message numbers 34401/34402, proceed with step
.
If not, power unit is ok.
The power unit may be faulty, replace it and verify that the fault has been fixed.
How to replace the unit is detailed in
Replacing the power unit on page 242 .
386
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
7 Troubleshooting
7.3.5 Troubleshooting fieldbuses and I/O
7.3.5 Troubleshooting fieldbuses and I/O
Further information
Information about how to troubleshoot the fieldbuses and I/O units can be found in the manual for the respective fieldbus or I/O unit. See
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
387
7 Troubleshooting
7.3.6 Troubleshooting the Connected Services Gateway
7.3.6 Troubleshooting the Connected Services Gateway
Location
The illustration shows the location of the Connected Services Gateway in the controller.
xx1900001466
Continues on next page
388
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
7 Troubleshooting
7.3.6 Troubleshooting the Connected Services Gateway
Continued
LEDs for options 3G or WiFi
The illustration below shows the LEDs on the Connected Services Gateway (3G or WiFi).
A
B
C
D xx1800000634
A
B
C
D
LINK
LINK
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
STATUS LED
LINK, 3G status or WiFi status LED
RF, signal strength status LEDs
Factory reset pin hole
Description
STATUS LED
(red/green)
Significance
Startup sequence:
1 Red continuously: Default at power up.
2 Red, flashing: Power on self-test ongoing, operating system is loading.
3 Green flashing: Loading application.
4 Green solid: Startup completed OK.
If the LED does not turn steady green after 30-60sec, it can be used to identify the following issues:
Fault indication:
• No color: Power to the unit is missing.
• Red, solid or flashing: Internal error. Replace the unit.
• Green, flashing continuously: Communication error to another module, view error messages.
For the Connected Services 3G, an orange LED indicator, externally visible on the front, indicates the status of the 3G connection.
Orange:
• ON, flashing: 3G modem on, searching network.
• ON, solid: 3G modem on and connected to network.
For the Connected Services Wi-Fi, an orange LED indicator, externally visible on the front, indicates the status of the Wi-Fi connection.
Orange:
• ON, flashing: Wi-Fi transceiver on, searching network.
• ON, solid: Wi-Fi transceiver on and connected to network.
Continues on next page
389
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
7 Troubleshooting
7.3.6 Troubleshooting the Connected Services Gateway
Continued
Description
RF, signal strength status
LEDs
Significance
Three (3) LEDs indicating the Wi-Fi or 3G signal level.
• ON: The unit is connected to the network and working ok.
• OFF: Problem with connector, antenna, or sim card.
Required test equipment
Equipment needed for troubleshooting:
Equipment
Multimeter
Insulating gloves
Note
Preparations
1
2
3
Action
Check the FlexPendant for errors and warnings.
Power the controller off. Wait one minute, power the controller on.
Make sure that the control system power supply is in run-time mode.
Wait 30-60 seconds after power-on.
Continues on next page
390
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
7 Troubleshooting
7.3.6 Troubleshooting the Connected Services Gateway
Continued
Troubleshooting flowchart for options 3G or WiFi
Troubleshooting Connected
Services Gateway 3G or WiFi
Red/green flashing
Check LED STATUS
Not lit
Check LED LINK
Not lit or solid
Measure input voltage
Ok
Not ok
Not ok
Check connector X2
Ok
Not ok
Check LED RF
Ok
Not ok
Check connector X3
Ok
Not ok
Check antenna, sim card etc.
Ok
Replace the Connected
Services Gateway xx1900000139
Troubleshoot robot signal exchange proxy K2
Repair connection
Troubleshoot connectivity of 3G/sim card/WiFi, antenna
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
391
7 Troubleshooting
7.3.6 Troubleshooting the Connected Services Gateway
Continued
Troubleshooting procedure for options 3G or WiFi
The troubleshooting table is supposed to be used as a detailed instruction together with the troubleshooting flowchart.
1
2
3
Action Note
Check the STATUS LED on the Connected Services Gateway.
If the LED is:
• Red/green, flashing: An internal error has occurred, proceed with step
• OFF, the unit is faulty, or it does not have sufficient input voltage, or the connection of the connector
X2 is not ok. Proceed with step
Check the LINK LED on the Connected
Services Gateway.
If the LED is:
• OFF, the unit is faulty, or it does not have sufficient input voltage, or the connection of the connector
X2 is not ok. Proceed with step
• Flashing: An internal error has occurred, proceed with step
.
Measure the input voltage to the Connected Services Gateway.
Use a multimeter and insulating gloves.
The input voltage should be 24 V.
Make sure that connector X1 is connected properly on both ends.
• If the input voltage is normal, proceed with step
.
• If the input voltage is abnormal,
Troubleshooting the robot signal exchange proxy on page 407 .
4
5
6
Tip
For more details, see Circuit diagram - OmniCore C90XT .
Check that the connector X2 is well connected and the network connection properties are available.
Make sure that connector X2 is connected properly on both ends.
• If the connection is OK, proceed with step
• If there is a problem with the connection, repair the connection and go back to step
Check the indicator RF LEDs on the
Connected Services Gateway.
If the RF LEDs are:
• ON, the Connected Services Gateway is connected to network and works well.
• OFF, the Connected Services
Gateway is faulty or the connection of the connector X3 is not ok. Proceed with step
.
Check that the connector X3 is well connected.
Make sure that connector X3 is connected properly on both ends.
• If the connection is OK, proceed with step
• If there is a problem with the connection, repair the connection and go back to step
Continues on next page
392
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
7 Troubleshooting
7.3.6 Troubleshooting the Connected Services Gateway
Continued
7
8
9
10
11
Action
Check that the right type of the antenna is connected properly.
Tip
Try moving the antenna to different locations if the RF signal level is low.
Note
• If the antenna is not working, repair the connection or move the antenna to a location with better RF signal.
• If the antenna is ok, proceed with step
On the FlexPendant, check the connection log in Backup and Restore .
For 3G, use a cell phone to test that the sim card is working.
For WiFi, use a cell phone to verify the
WiFi access.
Verify that the configuration is done correctly.
Verify that the mobile operator is detected
(for 3G).
See the Connected Services Gateway configuration in Operating manual - Integrator's guide OmniCore .
Note
When testing with a cell phone, use the same configuration on the cell phone.
For 3G and WiFi, check the antenna connectivity.
The Connected Services Gateway may be faulty, replace it and verify that the problem is resolved.
How to replace the unit is described in
Replacing the Connected Services Gateway on page 202
.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
393
7 Troubleshooting
7.3.7 Troubleshooting the Ethernet switch
7.3.7 Troubleshooting the Ethernet switch
Location
The illustration shows the location of the Ethernet switch in the controller.
xx1900001465
Continues on next page
394
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
LEDs
7 Troubleshooting
7.3.7 Troubleshooting the Ethernet switch
Continued
The illustration below shows the indication LEDs on the Ethernet switch.
A xx1800000584
A Status LED
Description
Status LED
Ethernet LEDs
Significance
Startup sequence:
1 No color: Input voltage is outside specified voltage or internal fault in the switch.
2 Green, solid: The switch is operational.
If the LED does not turn steady green, the status indicator LED can be used to identify the following issues:
Fault indication:
• No color: If input voltage is within specified voltage limits and the
LED is not lit then replace the switch.
Shows the status of Ethernet links.
Green:
• Off:10 Mbps data rate is selected.
• On:100/1000 Mbps data rate is selected.
Yellow:
• Flashing: The Ethernet is active on link.
• Solid: A LAN link is established.
• Off: A LAN link is not established.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
395
7 Troubleshooting
7.3.8 Troubleshooting the axis computer
7.3.8 Troubleshooting the axis computer
Location
The illustration shows the location of the axis computer in the controller.
LEDs xx1900001462
The illustration below shows the LEDs on the axis computer.
C B B B
A A A xx1800000581
A
B
C
Ethernet LED (yellow)
Ethernet LED (green)
Status LED
Continues on next page
396
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
7 Troubleshooting
7.3.8 Troubleshooting the axis computer
Continued
Description
Axis computer status LED
Ethernet LED
Significance
Normal sequence during startup:
1 Red, solid: Default at power-up.
2 Red, flashing: Establish connection to main computer and load program to axis computer.
3 Green, flashing: Start-up of axis computer program and connect peripheral units.
4 Green, solid: Start-up sequence ready. Application is running.
The following indicates errors:
• No color: No power to axis computer or internal error (hardware/firmware).
• Red, solid: The axis computer has failed to initialize basic hardware.
• Red, flashing continuously: Missing connection to main computer, main computer start-up problem or RobotWare installation problem.
• Green, flashing continuously: Missing connections to peripheral units or RobotWare start-up problem.
Shows the status of Ethernet communication.
Green:
• Off:10 Mbps data rate is selected.
• On:100 Mbps data rate is selected.
Yellow:
• Flashing: The two units are communicating on the Ethernet channel.
• Solid: A LAN link is established.
• Off: A LAN link is not established.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
397
7 Troubleshooting
7.3.9 Troubleshooting the main computer
7.3.9 Troubleshooting the main computer
Location
The illustration shows the location of the main computer in the controller.
LEDs xx1900001468
The illustration below shows the LEDs on the main computer:
A B C xx1800000585
A
Continues on next page
398
Power status LED
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
7 Troubleshooting
7.3.9 Troubleshooting the main computer
Continued
B
C
HDD status LED
Status LED
Description Significance
Power status, PC
PWR (green)
The power status LED indicates the status of the power supply and the main computer hardware and firmware.
Normal behavior:
• Off: During a normal startup the LED is off, until the COM Express module inside the computer unit is started.
• On solid: After completion of startup the LED is steady on.
Failure during startup (off between blinks). One to four short blinks, one second off. This is repeated until power off.
• Internal fail of power, FPGA, and/or the COM Express module.
• Replace the computer unit.
Power failure during runtime (fast flashing between blinks). One to five blinks, 20 fast flashing blinks. This is repeated until power off.
• Temporary voltage drop, cycle the power to the controller.
• Check the power supply voltage to the computer unit.
• Replace the computer unit.
Disk status, PC
HDD
The disk status LED indicates access to the main computer persistent memory.
Normal behavior:
• No color at power on: R34 FPGA is loaded on the main board.
• Yellow: Access (read/write) to internal mass memory.
Computer status,
PC STAT
(red/green)
The computer status LED indicates the startup progress of RobotWare on the main computer.
Normal behavior:
1 Red, solid: Default when turning on the power.
2 Red, flashing: Initial self-test is ongoing and the operating system is loading.
3 Green, even flashing (~1Hz): The operating system is loaded and
RobotWare is initializing.
4 Green, uneven flashing: The RobotWare system failed to load or is not installed.
5 Green, solid: The computer is operational and the RobotWare system is fully loaded.
If the LED does not turn steady green after approximately 5 minutes then the LED can be used to identify the following issues:
• No color: The internal power initialization failed. Restart the controller. Replace the main computer if the problem remains.
• Red, solid: Internal error. Restart the controller. Replace the main computer if the problem remains.
• Red, flashing continuously: Failed to load the operating system.
Restart the controller. See
Controller fails to start on page 374 .
Replace the main computer if the problem remains.
• Green, even flashing continuously (~1Hz): Failure during start up.
Check error messages on FlexPendant. See
Controller fails to start on page 374 .
• Green, uneven flashing: RobotWare Installation Utilities mode.
For information about the LEDs on the AnybusCC slave fieldbus adapter and the
PCIExpress master/slave fieldbus board, see the corresponding fieldbus manual.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
399
7 Troubleshooting
7.3.9 Troubleshooting the main computer
Continued
Troubleshooting procedure
1
2
3
4
Action Note
If the LEDs do not turn steady after approximately 5 minutes then restart the controller and check the
LEDs again.
See
.
Force start the RobotWare Installation Utilities mode, see
Controller fails to start on page 374
.
Re-install RobotWare, if possible.
The main computer may be faulty, replace it and verify that the fault has been fixed.
See
Replacing the main computer on page 213 .
400
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
7 Troubleshooting
7.3.10 Troubleshooting the power supply
7.3.10 Troubleshooting the power supply
Location
The illustration below shows the location of the system power supply in the controller.
LEDs xx2000000431
The illustration below shows the LEDs on the power supply.
A xx1800000582
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
401
7 Troubleshooting
7.3.10 Troubleshooting the power supply
Continued
A DC OK LED
Description
DC OK LED
Significance
Green: All DC outputs are above the specified minimum levels.
Off: One or more DC outputs are below the specified minimum level.
Required test equipment
Equipment needed for troubleshooting.
Equipment
Multimeter
Insulating gloves
Circuit diagram - OmniCore C90XT
Note
3HAC065464-009
Preparations
1
2
3
Action
Check the FlexPendant for errors and warnings.
Power the controller off. Wait one minute, power the controller on.
Make sure that the control system power supply is in run-time mode.
Wait 30-60 seconds after power-on.
Continues on next page
402
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
7 Troubleshooting
7.3.10 Troubleshooting the power supply
Continued
Troubleshooting flowchart
Troubleshooting the power supply
Repair short circuit
Green
24V < DC < 27V
Short circuit on A1
Check DC LED
Off
DC > 27V
Measure DC output
DC < 24V
Check for short circuit on output
No short circuit
Short circuit on power supply
Repair AC connection
Repair AC input
Measure power supply AC input
AC not ok
Connection not ok
Check AC connection between power supply and A1
Connection ok
AC ok
AC not ok
Measure AC to controller
AC ok
Repair cabling
Faulty cable
Check cabling
Cable ok
Troubleshoot the power unit
Replace power supply
Power supply is ok xx1800001823
Troubleshooting procedure
The troubleshooting table is supposed to be used as a detailed instruction together with the troubleshooting flowchart.
1
Test Note
Check the LED (labelled DC OK) on the power supply.
If the LED is:
• Green: the power supply should be working properly.
• Off: either the power supply is faulty or it does not have sufficient input voltage.
Proceed with step
.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
403
7 Troubleshooting
7.3.10 Troubleshooting the power supply
Continued
3
4
2
5
6
7
8
Test
Measure the DC voltage while the output is connected to the robot signal exchange proxy or some other load.
Note
Use a multimeter and insulating gloves.
Measure at the DC output connector X2. The voltage should be: +24 V < U < +27 V.
• If the voltage measured at the load falls below +24 V, voltage drops in the cables and connectors.
• If the correct voltage is detected and the
DC OK LED is green, the power supply is working properly.
• If the correct voltage is detected and the
DC OK LED is off, the power supply is regarded as faulty but does not have to be replaced instantly.
• If the DC OK voltage is higher than 27
V, proceed with step
.
• If the DC OK voltage is below 24 V, proceed with step
Use a multimeter and insulating gloves.
Power the controller OFF and measure the resistance.
Check for short circuit on DC output.
Check both the DC output connector X2 on the power supply and the input connector X1 on the robot signal exchange proxy.
Measure the resistance between voltage pins and ground. The resistance should not be less than 10 ohm.
Note
Do not measure the resistance between pins.
Dual pins are used for both power supply and ground.
• If no short circuit is found, proceed with step
• If a short circuit is found on the power supply, proceed with step
• If a short circuit is found on the robot signal exchange proxy, get that unit working. Verify that the fault has been fixed and restart this guide if necessary.
Switch on power to the controller.
Measure the input voltage on the power supply.
Make sure that the connection between the power supply and the power unit is ok.
Make sure that the supplied input voltage to the controller is correct.
Use a multimeter and insulating gloves.
Voltage should be: 172 V < U < 276 V for a 230
V system.
• If the input voltage is correct, proceed with step
.
• If no or the wrong input voltage is detected, proceed with step
.
• If the connection is OK, proceed with step
• If the connection is faulty, repair the connection. Verify that the fault has been fixed and restart this guide if necessary.
• If the input voltage is correct, proceed with step
• If the input voltage is faulty, correct it.
Verify that the fault has been fixed and restart this guide if necessary.
Continues on next page
404
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
7 Troubleshooting
7.3.10 Troubleshooting the power supply
Continued
9
10
Test
Check the cabling.
The power supply may be faulty, replace it and verify that the fault has been fixed.
Note
Make sure that the cabling is correctly connected and not faulty.
• If the cabling is OK, see
Troubleshooting the power unit on page 382 . Verify that
the fault has been fixed and restart this guide if necessary.
• If the cabling is found unconnected or faulty, connect/replace it. Verify that the fault has been fixed and restart this guide if necessary.
See
Replacing the power supply on page 247 .
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
405
7 Troubleshooting
7.3.11 Troubleshooting the fieldbus adapter slave
7.3.11 Troubleshooting the fieldbus adapter slave
Location
The illustration shows the location of the fieldbus adapter slave in the controller.
LEDs xx1900001474
The illustration below shows the indication LEDs on the fieldbus adapter slave.
A
B
406 xx1800000586
A
B
Power LED
Status LED
Description Significance
Power LED Fault indication:
• No color: Input voltage is outside of the specified voltage limits.
• Green, solid: Input voltage is within the specified limit.
Fieldbus adapter slave status LED
(red/green)
Startup sequence:
Red:
1 Red, solid: Loading bootloader.
2 Red, flashing: Power on self-test is ongoing, loading operating system.
3 Green, flashing: Loading RobotWare and waiting for communication.
4 Green, solid: System ready.
If the LED does not turn steady green after 30-60 sec, the status indicator
LED can be used to identify the following issues:
Fault indication:
• No color: Power to the fieldbus adapter slave is missing.
• Red, solid: Internal error.
• Red, flashing continuously: Firmware error or self-test failure.
• Green, flashing continuously: Communication error to another module. Check the messages on the FlexPendant.
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
7 Troubleshooting
7.3.12 Troubleshooting the robot signal exchange proxy
7.3.12 Troubleshooting the robot signal exchange proxy
Location
The illustration below shows the location of the robot signal exchange proxy in the controller.
xx1900001464
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
407
7 Troubleshooting
7.3.12 Troubleshooting the robot signal exchange proxy
Continued
LEDs
The illustration below shows the LEDs on the robot signal exchange proxy:
MS
Description Significance
Status LED (bi-colored green/red) for the robot signal exchange proxy.
The status indicator LED can be used to identify the following status during startup/power on:
• Red, solid: Default when power is available.
• Red, flashing: Power on self-test ongoing, operating system is loading.
• Green, flashing: Application is loaded and waiting for communication.
• Green, solid: Module is operational.
If the LED does not turn steady green after 30-60 sec, the status LED can be used to identify the following issues:
• No color: Power to the robot signal exchange proxy is missing.
• Red, solid: Internal error.
• Red, flashing: Firmware error or self-test failure.
• Green, flashing: Communication error to another module.
AS1 &
AS2
ES1 &
ES2
Automatic stop LEDs (green)
AS1:Automatic stop LED channel 1
AS2:Automatic stop LED channel 2
External emergency stop LEDs (green)
ES1:External emergency stop LED channel 1
ES2:External emergency stop LED channel 2
Automatic stop LED can be used to identify the following status:
• No color (not lit): Automatic stop input loop is open.
• Green, solid: Automatic stop input loop is closed.
External emergency stop LED can be used to identify the following status:
• No color (not lit): External emergency stop input loop is open.
• Green, solid: External emergency stop input loop is closed.
ES-
OUT1
& ES-
OUT2
Emergency stop output LEDs (green)
ES1:Emergency stop output LED channel 1
ES2:Emergency stop output LED channel 2
Emergency stop output LED can be used to identify the following status:
• No color (not lit): Emergency stop output logic low (0V) status.
• Green, solid: Emergency stop output logic high (24V) status.
MON Motors_ON LED (white) Motors_ON LED can be used to identify the following status:
• No color: Motors_ON function is off.
• White, solid: Motors_ON function is on.
• White, flashing: safety loop is open, for example after an emergency stop.
Continues on next page
408
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
7 Troubleshooting
7.3.12 Troubleshooting the robot signal exchange proxy
Continued
AC
PS
PC
HMI
EP
Description Significance
ACOK LED (green) ACOK LED can be used to identify the following status:
• No color: AC OK signal is de-active or logic power failure.
• Green, solid: AC OK signal is active and logic power available.
Internal power (24 V power supply) input
LED (green)
Internal power input LED can be used to identify the following status:
• No color: Internal power input voltage is not in normal range.
• Green, solid: Internal power input voltage is in normal range.
Main computer power output LED (green) Main computer power output LED can be used to identify the following status:
• No color: Main computer power output voltage is not in normal range.
• Green, solid: Main computer power output voltage is in normal range.
FlexPendant power output LED (green)
External power input LED (green)
FlexPendant power output LED can be used to identify the following status:
• No color: FlexPendant power output voltage is not in normal range.
• Green, solid: FlexPendant power output voltage is in normal range.
External power input LED can be used to identify the following status:
• No color: External power input voltage is not in normal range.
• Green, solid: External power input voltage is in normal range.
Required test equipment
Equipment needed for troubleshooting.
Equipment
Multimeter
Insulating gloves
Circuit diagram - OmniCore C90XT
Note
3HAC065464-009
Preparations
1
2
3
Action
Check the FlexPendant for errors and warnings.
Power the controller off. Wait one minute, power the controller on.
Make sure that the control system power supply is in run-time mode.
Wait 30-60 seconds after power-on.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
409
7 Troubleshooting
7.3.12 Troubleshooting the robot signal exchange proxy
Continued
Troubleshooting flowchart
Troubleshooting robot signal exchange proxy
Turn off power until all LED (except MS) are off, then turn on power and wait 1 min
Replace robot signal exchange proxy
Repair connection
Connection not ok
Not lit Flashing red/green
Check LED MS
Green
Measure 24V
DC input voltage
DC < 24V
DC = 24V
Check connection to power supply
Connection ok
Troubleshoot power supply
Measure 24V DC output voltage
DC = 24V
DC < 24V
Repair connection
Not lit Check LEDs:
AS1, AS2, ES1, ES2
Lit
Check connector
X14, X15
Connection not ok
Connection ok
Check external safety accessories
Resistance
No resistance
Measure AC OK signal
Low impedance
High impedance
No problem found in robot signal exchange proxy
Troubleshoot power unit
Troubleshoot external equipment xx1800002356
Troubleshooting procedure
The troubleshooting table is supposed to be used as a detailed instruction together with the troubleshooting flowchart.
1
Test Action
Check the indicator LED MS.
If the LED_MS is:
• Green, proceed with step
.
• Flashing red/green, a firmware upgrade error has occurred. This is not supposed to happen during runtime mode, proceed with step
.
• OFF, either the robot signal exchange proxy is faulty or it does not have sufficient input voltage. Proceed with step
.
Continues on next page
410
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
7 Troubleshooting
7.3.12 Troubleshooting the robot signal exchange proxy
Continued
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Test Action
Measure the input voltage to the robot signal exchange proxy.
Tip
For more details, see Circuit diagram - OmniCore C90XT .
Use a multimeter and insulating gloves.
The input voltage should be 24 V.
Make sure that connector X1 is connected properly on both ends.
• If the input voltage is normal, proceed with step
.
• If the input voltage is abnormal, proceed with step
.
Check connection to the power supply unit.
• If the connection is OK,
Troubleshooting the power supply on page 401
.
• If there is a problem with the connection, repair the connection and start over.
Measure the 24 V DC outputs voltage.
Use a multimeter and insulating gloves.
The output voltage should be 24 V.
Make sure that connectors X2, X3, X4, X5, X17 and
X19 are connected properly on both ends.
• If the output voltage is normal, proceed with step
.
• If the output voltage is abnormal, proceed with step
.
Check the indicator LEDs
AS1, AS2, ES1, ES2.
The indicator LEDs are labelled AS1, AS2, ES1, ES2.
If the LEDs LED_AS1, AS2, ES1, ES2 are:
• On (solid yellow), the robot signal exchange proxy works well.
• Off, either the robot signal exchange proxy is faulty or it does not have sufficient input voltage. Proceed with step
.
Check that the customer interface connectors are well connected to X14 and X15.
Tip
If the customer interface connectors are not well connected to X14 and X15, the robot signal exchange proxy cannot work normally.
• If the connection is OK, proceed with step
.
• If there is a problem with the connection, repair the connection and go to step
For more details, see Circuit diagram - OmniCore C90XT .
Check external safety accessories.
Measure the AC OK signal.
Use a multimeter and insulating gloves.
Measure the continuity in the connector. If there is resistance, troubleshoot the external equipment.
Use a multimeter and insulating gloves.
The AC OK should be 0 V.
Make sure that connector X10 is connected properly on both ends.
• If the AC OK signal is 24 V, see
Troubleshooting the power unit on page 382 .
• If the AC OK signal is 0 V, proceed with step
.
The robot signal exchange proxy may be faulty, replace it and verify that the fault has been fixed.
How to replace the unit is detailed in
Replacing the robot signal exchange proxy on page 192 .
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
411
This page is intentionally left blank
8 Reference information
8.1 Introduction
8 Reference information
8.1 Introduction
General
This chapter includes general information, complementing the more specific information in the different procedures in the manual.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
413
8 Reference information
8.2 Applicable standards
8.2 Applicable standards
Note
The listed standards are valid at the time of the release of this document. Phased out or replaced standards are removed from the list when needed.
General
The product is designed in accordance with ISO 10218-1:2011, Robots for industrial environments - Safety requirements -Part 1 Robots, and applicable parts in the normative references, as referred to from ISO 10218-1:2011. In case of deviations from ISO 10218-1:2011, these are listed in the declaration of incorporation which is part of the product delivery.
Normative standards, ISO
Standard
ISO 9283:1998
ISO 10218-2
ISO 12100
ISO 13849-1:2006
ISO 13850
IEC 60204-1:2005
IEC 62061:2005
Description
Manipulating industrial robots - Performance criteria and related test methods
Robots and robotic devices - Safety requirements for industrial robots - Part 2: Robot systems and integration
Safety of machinery - General principles for design - Risk assessment and risk reduction
Safety of machinery - Safety related parts of control systems
- Part 1: General principles for design
Safety of machinery - Emergency stop - Principles for design
Safety of machinery - Electrical equipment of machines - Part
1: General requirements
Safety of machinery - Functional safety of safety-related electrical, electronic and programmable electronic control systems
Deviations from ISO 10218-1:2011 for OmniCore
A deviation exists in OmniCore from paragraph 5.3.5 Single point of control . Single point of control cannot be guaranteed in automatic mode. See
Three-position enabling device on page 25
.
Other standards used in design
Standard
ISO 9787:2013
IEC 61000-6-2
IEC 61000-6-4
(option 129-1)
ISO 13732-1:2008
IEC 60974-1:2012 i
Description
Robots and robotic devices -- Coordinate systems and motion nomenclatures
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) – Part 6-2: Generic standards – Immunity standard for industrial environments
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) – Part 6-4: Generic standards – Emission standard for industrial environments
Ergonomics of the thermal environment - Part 1
Arc welding equipment - Part 1: Welding power sources
Continues on next page
414
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
8 Reference information
8.2 Applicable standards
Continued
Standard
IEC 60974-10:2014
ISO 14644-1:2015 ii
Description
Arc welding equipment - Part 10: EMC requirements
Classification of air cleanliness i ii
IEC 60529:1989 + A2:2013 Degrees of protection provided by enclosures (IP code)
Only valid for arc welding robots. Replaces IEC 61000-6-4 for arc welding robots.
Only robots with protection Clean Room.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
415
8 Reference information
8.3 Unit conversion
8.3 Unit conversion
Converter table
Use the following table to convert units used in this manual.
Quantity
Length
Weight
Weight
Pressure
Force
Moment
Volume
Units
1 m
1 kg
1 g
1 bar
1 N
1 Nm
1 L
3.28 ft.
2.21 lb.
0.035 ounces
100 kPa
0.225 lbf
0.738 lbf-ft
0.264 US gal
39.37 in
14.5 psi
416
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
8 Reference information
8.4 Standard toolkit for controller
8.4 Standard toolkit for controller
General
All service (repair, maintenance and installation) instructions contain lists of tools required to perform the specified activity. All special tools, that is, all tools that are not considered as standard tools as defined below, are listed in their instructions respectively.
This way, the tools required are the sum of the standard toolkit and any tools listed in the instructions.
Standard toolkit for controller
Tool
Screw driver, Torx
Screw driver, Torx
Screw driver, Torx
Ball tipped screw driver, Torx
Screw driver, flat blade
Screw driver, flat blade
Screw driver, flat blade
Screw driver
Box spanner
Description
Tx10
Tx20
Tx25
Tx25
4 mm
8 mm
12 mm
Phillips-1
8 mm
Toolkit recommended for troubleshooting
Tool
Normal shop tools
Multimeter
Camera
Note
Contents as specified above.
-
To document problems or procedures
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
417
8 Reference information
8.5 Screw joints
8.5 Screw joints
General
This section details how to tighten the various types of screw joints on the controller.
The instructions and torque values are valid for screw joints comprised of metallic materials and do not apply to soft or brittle materials.
Tightening torque
M2.5
M3
M4
M5
M6
Before tightening any screw, note the following:
• Determine whether a standard tightening torque or special torque is to be applied. The standard torques are specified in the tables below. Any special torques are specified in the Repair, Maintenance or Installation procedure description. Any special torque specified overrides the standard value.
• Use the correct tightening torque for each type of screw joint.
• Only use correctly calibrated torque keys.
• Always tighten the joint by hand, and never use pneumatical tools.
• Use the correct tightening technique , i.e.
do not jerk. Tighten the screw in a slow, flowing motion.
• Maximum allowed total deviation from the specified value is 10% !
The table below specifies the recommended standard tightening torque for oil-lubricated screws with slotted or cross-recess heads.
Dimension
1.2
2.5
5.0
Tightening torque (Nm)
Class 4.8, oil-lubricated
0.25
0.5
418
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
8 Reference information
8.6 Weight specifications
8.6 Weight specifications
Definition
In all repair and maintenance instructions, weights of the components handled are sometimes specified. All components exceeding 22 kg (50 lbs) are high-lighted in this way.
To avoid injury, ABB recommends the use of lifting equipment when handling components with a weight exceeding 22 kg.
Example
Below is an example of how a weight specification is presented:
CAUTION
The transformer weighs 55 kg! All lifting equipment used must be sized accordingly!
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
419
8 Reference information
8.7 Lifting accessories and lifting instructions
8.7 Lifting accessories and lifting instructions
General
Many repair and maintenance activities require different pieces of lifting accessories, which are specified in each procedure.
The use of each piece of lifting accessories is not detailed in the activity procedure, but in the instruction delivered with each piece of lifting accessories.
This implies that the instructions delivered with the lifting accessories should be stored for later reference.
420
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
9 Spare parts
9 Spare parts
Spare part level
ABB spare parts are categorized into two levels, L1 and L2. Always check the part level before conducting a service work on a spare part.
• L1 spare parts
The L1 parts can be replaced in the field. The maintenance and replacement instructions given in the related product manuals must be strictly followed.
If there are any problems, contact your local ABB for support.
• L2 spare parts
To replace the L2 parts require specialized training and might need special tools. Only ABB field service personnel or qualified personnel trained by
ABB can replace L2 parts.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
421
9 Spare parts
9.1 Controller parts
9.1 Controller parts
Note
Removed parts and spare parts must not be disassembled or opened.
Drive units
Power units xx1900001930
A
Spare part number
Description
3HAC063913-001 Drive
Type
DSQC3041
Spare part level
L1 xx1900001931
Continues on next page
422
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
Spare part number
Description
3HAC059152-001 Power unit A
Harness ETH outlet connection
9 Spare parts
9.1 Controller parts
Continued
Type
DSQC3044
Spare part level
L1 xx1900001941
A
Spare part number
Description
3HAC070053-001 Harness ETH outlet with cable
Manipulator signal connectors (SMB)
Type Spare part level
L1 xx1900001942
A
Spare part number
Description
3HAC069674-001 Harness Single SMB connection
Type Spare part level
L1
Continues on next page
423 Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
9 Spare parts
9.1 Controller parts
Continued
B
Spare part number
Description
3HAC069675-001 Harness Double SMB connection
(option)
Type
Harness TPU connection
Spare part level
L1 xx1900001943
A
Spare part number
Description
3HAC069673-001 Harness TPU connection
Type Spare part level
L1
Continues on next page
424
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
9 Spare parts
9.1 Controller parts
Continued
Blind plate xx2000000453
-
Spare part number
Description
3HAC069953-001 Blind plate
Harness motors power
Type Spare part level
L1 xx1900001944
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
425
9 Spare parts
9.1 Controller parts
Continued
Scalable I/O devices
A
Spare part number
Description
3HAC069672-001 Harness Motors power LV 6-axis
Type Spare part level
L1
-
A
B
-
C
-
xx1900001939
Spare part number
Description
3HAC060919-001 Connectors digital base/add on
3HAC058663-001 Local I/O Digital base [3032-1] (option)
3HAC058664-001 Digital add-on [3033-2] (Add-on)
3HAC058665-001 Analog add-on [3034-2] (Add-on)
3HAC060925-001 Connectors I/O Analog (Add-on)
3HAC058666-001 Relay add-on [3035-2] (Add-on)
3HAC060926-001 Connectors I/O Relay
(Add-on)
Type
DSQC1030
DSQC1031
DSQC1032
DSQC1033
L1
L1
L1
L1
L1
Spare part level
L1
L1
Continues on next page
426
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
9 Spare parts
9.1 Controller parts
Continued
DeviceNet master
CTM-01 xx1800003420
A
Spare part number
Description
3HAC043383-001 DeviceNet Board (option)
Type
DSQC1006
Spare part level
L1
-
A xx1900001938
Spare part number
Description Type
3HNA027579-001 Conveyor tracking module [3103-1] DSQC2000
3HNA029345-001 CONNECTOR KIT - DSQC2000
Spare part level
L1
L1
Continues on next page
427 Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
9 Spare parts
9.1 Controller parts
Continued
-
Spare part number
Description
3HAC069618-001 Harness 24V_CTM
Connected Services Gateway
Type Spare part level
Power cable of
CTM
L1 xx1900001934
A
B
C
D
E
Spare part number
Description
3HAC060960-001 Connected Services-3G [3013-3]
(baseline)
3HAC028459-001 Magnetic roof antenna, 3G (baseline)
Type
3HAC060962-001 Connected Services-WiFi [3013-2]
(option)
3HAC059424-001 Magnetic roof antenna, WiFi (option)
3HAC061701-001 Connected Services-Wired [3013-1]
(option)
DSQC1041
L1
L1
L1
L1
Spare part level
L1
Continues on next page
428
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
9 Spare parts
9.1 Controller parts
Continued
Ethernet switches
Vision parts xx1900001935
A
Spare part number
Description
3HAC059187-001 Ethernet Extension switch [3014-1]
(option)
Type
DSQC1035
Spare part level
L1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Spare part number
Description
3HAC053944-001 8 mm camera lens, LTC-08F
3HAC053944-002 12.5 mm camera lens, LFC-12.5F
3HAC053944-003 16 mm camera lens, LFC-16F1
3HAC053944-004 25 mm camera lens, LFC-25F1
3HAC053953-001 Integr Vision camera med. Res
3HAC053954-001 Integr Vision camera high res
3HAC051753-003 Integr Vision power cable
3HAC051736-003 Integr Vision ethernet cable
Type
DSQC1020
DSQC1021
L1
L1
L1
Spare part level
L1
L1
L1
L1
L1
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
429
9 Spare parts
9.1 Controller parts
Continued
Fans
Axis computer
A
B xx1900001929
Spare part number
Description
3HAC065526-001 Heat exchanger
3HAC059214-001 Standard fan
Type Spare part level
L1
L1 xx1900001927
A
Spare part number
Description
3HAC029157-001 Axis Computer
Type
DSQC 668
Spare part level
L1
Continues on next page
430
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
9 Spare parts
9.1 Controller parts
Continued
Main computer
Power supply device xx1900001933
A
Spare part number
Description
3HAC063061-001 Main computer module assembly
Type Spare part level
L1
A
B
C xx1900001932
Spare part number
Description
3HAC071301-001 Power supply
3HAC14178-1
3HAC13398-2
DSQC 609 power supply
DSQC 634 power supply
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Type
DSQC3035
DSQC 609
DSQC 634
Spare part level
L1
L1
L1
Continues on next page
431
9 Spare parts
9.1 Controller parts
Continued
Fieldbus adapter slaves
-
A xx1900001937
Spare part number
Description
3HAC062390-001 Fieldbus slot cover (baseline)
3HAC045973-001 DeviceNet Slave Fieldbus adaptor
[3030-1] (option)
Type
DSQC1004
Spare part level
L1
L1
Continues on next page
432
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
Process, fieldbus and I/O connectors
9 Spare parts
9.1 Controller parts
Continued xx1900001481 xx1900001928
A
Spare part number
Description
3HAC066396-001 Cable grommet asm (option)
Type Spare part level
L1
Continues on next page
433 Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
9 Spare parts
9.1 Controller parts
Continued
Air filter
A
B
C xx1900001945
Spare part number
Description
3HAC068416-001 Air filter-Fine filter
3HAC068543-001 Air filter (Polymeric)
3HAC068415-001 Air filter-coarse filter
Type Spare part level
L1
L1
L1
Continues on next page
434
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
Cable grommet asm
9 Spare parts
9.1 Controller parts
Continued xx1900001480
A
B xx1900001947
Spare part number
Description
3HAC069954-001 Blind plate (baseline)
3HAC066396-001 Cable grommet asm
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Type Spare part level
L1
L1
Continues on next page
435
9 Spare parts
9.1 Controller parts
Continued
Main power connection xx1900001946
A
Spare part number
Description
3HAC067661-001 Harness AC input with SW
B
C
3HAC037699-001 Handle for 6 mm switch
3HAC070308-001 Connector AC power inlet
Robot signal exchange proxy
Type Spare part level
Harness-Mains connection
L1
L1
L1 xx1900001936
A
Spare part number
Description
3HAC064662-001 Signal exchange
Continues on next page
436
Type
DSQC3037
Spare part level
L1
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
End clamp
9 Spare parts
9.1 Controller parts
Continued
B
Spare part number
Description
3HAC065107-001 Harness Short-circuit connector
Type Spare part level
Mating connector for robot signal exchange proxy.
L1 xx2000000529 xx1900001940
A
Spare part number
Description
3HAB7983-1 End clamp
Type Spare part level
L1
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Continues on next page
437
9 Spare parts
9.1 Controller parts
Continued
LED indicator
TPU cover xx1900002451
-
Spare part number
Description
3HAC065549-001 LED indicator
Type Spare part level
L1
Cables
Cables on the frame xx1900002452
-
Spare part number
Description
3HAC067213-001 TPU cover
-
-
-
-
-
Spare part number
Description
3HAC071430-001 Harness AC input package
3HAC066527-001 Harness contactors signals
3HAC066520-001 Harness AC_OK signal
3HAC066521-001 Harness Temp Sensor
3HAC066522-001 Harness 24_SYS_DRV
Type Spare part level
L1
Type Spare part level
Harness A1.X6,
A1.X7 - T2,T5
L1
Harness A1.X2
- K2.X6, K2.X11
L1
Harness A1.X13
- K2.X10
L1
Harness K2.X21
- TempSensor
L1
Harness K2.X4
- A1.X9
L1
Continues on next page
438
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
9 Spare parts
9.1 Controller parts
Continued
-
-
-
Spare part number
Description
3HAC066523-001 Harness 24_SYS
3HAC066524-001 Harness 24_Trunk
3HAC066526-001 Harness 24_Cooling
Type Spare part level
Harness K2.X3
- K6.X1, K3.X1,
K5.1.X4/
K3.1.X4, K7.X1
L1
Harness K2.X1
- T2.X2
L1
Harness K2.X17
- Cooling
L1
Cables on the drive unit
-
-
-
Spare part number
Description
3HAC063344-001 Harness DC-BUS
3HAC064389-001 Harness 24_SYS_DRV
3HAC059894-001 Harness EtherCAT
Type Spare part level
Harness A1.X4
- T4.X5
L1
Harness A1.X5
- T4.X1
L1
Harness T4.X3
- A1.X12
L1
Cables on the power supply
-
Spare part number
Description
3HAC069617-001 Harness AC input of power supply
Type Spare part level
L1
Cables on the robot signal exchange proxy
-
Spare part number
Description
3HAC064091-001 Harness 24_PC
3HAC059273-001 Harness dual channel safety
Type Spare part level
Harness K2.X2
- K4.X8, A2.X1
L1
Harness K2.X12
- K3.X6, K3.X7
L1
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
439
9 Spare parts
9.2 FlexPendant parts
9.2 FlexPendant parts
FlexPendant parts
The illustration below shows the placement of the controller system parts in the recommended spare part list.
A C D
B E
F
D
-
-
-
F
C
D
E
A
B xx1800000974
Spare part number
Description
3HAC064211-001 FlexPendant
3HAC064927-001 FlexPendant Holder w/t E-stop cover
3HAC065401-001 Power cable cover
3HAC065408-001 Joystick guard
3HAC064448-002 FlexPendant power cable 3 m
Type
DSQC3060
3HAC064448-001 FlexPendant power cable 10 m
3HAC064448-003 FlexPendant power cable 30 m
3HAC065419-001 Fasten strip
3HAC068915-001 FlexPendant extension cable, 15 m
3HAC068915-002 FlexPendant extension cable, 22 m
3HAC068915-005 FlexPendant extension cable, 30 m
L1
L1
L1
L1
L1
L1
L1
L1
L1
L1
Spare part level
L1
440
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
9 Spare parts
9.3.1 Manipulator cables
9.3 Manipulator cables
9.3.1 Manipulator cables
Power cables, IRB 1100, 1300, 910INV
Power cable length
Power cable 3 m
Power cable 7 m
Power cable 15 m
Signal cables, IRB 1100, 910INV
Singal cable length
Signal cable, shielded: 3 m
Signal cable, shielded: 7 m
Signal cable, shielded: 15 m
Signal cables, IRB 1300
Singal cable length
Signal cable, shielded: 3 m
Signal cable, shielded: 7 m
Signal cable, shielded: 15 m
Signal cable, shielded: 30 m
Article number
3HAC061139-001
3HAC061139-002
3HAC061139-003
Article number
3HAC067446-001
3HAC067446-002
3HAC067446-003
Article number
3HAC067446-001
3HAC067446-002
3HAC067446-003
3HAC067446-004
Power cable level
L1
L1
L1
Singal cable level
L1
L1
L1
Signal cable level
L1
L1
L1
L1
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
441
9 Spare parts
9.3.2 Customer cables - CP/CS connectors (option)
9.3.2 Customer cables - CP/CS connectors (option)
CP/CS cables, IRB 1100, 1300, 910INV
CP/CS cable length
3 m
7 m
15 m
Article number
3HAC067449-001
3HAC067449-002
3HAC067449-003
CP/CS cable level
L1
L1
L1
442
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
9 Spare parts
9.3.3 Customer cables - Ethernet floor cable
9.3.3 Customer cables - Ethernet floor cable
Ethernet floor cables, IRB 1100, 1300, 910INV (option)
One end is RJ45, one end is X-code.
Ethernet floor cable length Article number
Eth.RJ45_X floor cable, 7 m
Eth.RJ45_X floor cable, 15 m
3HAC067447-002
3HAC067447-003
Ethernet floor cable level
L1
L1
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
443
This page is intentionally left blank
Index
Index
3
A
ABB Ability Connected Services Gateway
aluminum
ambient humidity
ambient temperature
AS
assessment of hazards and risks, 30
auto stop
axis computer
B batteries
C
carbon dioxide extinguisher, 31
category 0 stop, 22 category 1 stop, 22 category 2 stop, 22
cleaning
cleaning of the controller, 159
Connected Services Gateway
troubleshooting flowchart, 391
connection
controller
controller fails to start, 374 controller mode, 374
cooling fan
copper
D
damaged bearings, 376 damaged parallel bar, 376
DeviceNet
disposal of storage media, 351
double SMB harness
drive unit
E
Earth fault protection, tripped, 361
emergency stop, 22 definition, 22
environmental information, 352
ESD
damage elimination, 43 sensitive equipment, 43
Ethernet
Ethernet extension switch
Ethernet switch
external I/O
F fan
faulty calibration, 376 faulty TCP definition, 376
fieldbus adapter
fieldbus adapter slave
fieldbus master
firmware, reflashing failure, 375
FlexPendant
FlexPendant cannot connect to system, 374
FlexPendant connector, 137, 143, 284, 306, 312, 321
FlexPendant joystick not working, 373
FlexPendant not responding, 369
445 Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Index
G
GS
H hanging
harness double SMB
height
humidity
I
internal I/O
J
jogging not possible, 373 joystick not working, 373
K
L labels
LED
Connected Services Gateway, 389
robot signal exchange proxy, 408
Lithium
446
M main computer
manual full speed mode, 27 manual high speed mode, 27 manual mode, 27 manual reduced speed mode, 27
motor contactors
MTTF
D
N
O
operating mode
manual full speed mode, 27 manual mode, 27 manual reduced speed mode, 27
optional power supply
P
pedestal
personnel
PFH
D
plastic
power failure during start-up, 361
power supply
troubleshooting flowchart, 403
power supply optional
power unit
troubleshooting flowchart, 384
problem releasing the robot brakes, 365
protection classes, 40 protection type, 40
protective stop
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
R
recovering from emergency stops, 24
reduced speed control
reflashing firmware failure, 375
remote I/O
replacements, report, 173 report replacements, 173
required performance level, PLr, 14
responsibility and validity, 13
robot
protection class, 40 protection types, 40
robot signal exchange proxy
troubleshooting flowchart, 410
RobotWare Installation Utilities mode, 374
rubber
S
safeguard mechanisms
safety
signals, 17 signals in manual, 17
safety signals
safety stops
scalable I/O external, 105 scalable I/O internal, 105
signals
sim card
steel
stop category 0, 22 stop category 1, 22 stop category 2, 22
stops
switch
symbols
system integrator requirements, 30
T teach pendant
temperatures
three-position enabling device, 25
TPU
troubleshooting
U users
V
validity and responsibility, 13
W
X
Index
Product manual - OmniCore C90XT
3HAC073706-001 Revision: D
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
447
ABB AB
Robotics & Discrete Automation
S-721 68 VÄSTERÅS, Sweden
Telephone +46 (0) 21 344 400
ABB AS
Robotics & Discrete Automation
Nordlysvegen 7, N-4340 BRYNE, Norway
Box 265, N-4349 BRYNE, Norway
Telephone: +47 22 87 2000
ABB Engineering (Shanghai) Ltd.
Robotics & Discrete Automation
No. 4528 Kangxin Highway
PuDong District
SHANGHAI 201319, China
Telephone: +86 21 6105 6666
ABB Inc.
Robotics & Discrete Automation
1250 Brown Road
Auburn Hills, MI 48326
USA
Telephone: +1 248 391 9000 abb.com/robotics
© Copyright 2020-2021 ABB. All rights reserved.
Specifications subject to change without notice.
advertisement